AlllOM 7fl7337

PUBLICATIONS

NIST Special Publication 881-4

III

kMiliiiilikiiik liiikiiililllklil

llilililillllllillilllillll 1

Nisr

QC

100

.U57

NO. 881-^

1995

Federal Implementation Guideline

for Electronic Data Interchange

ASC X12 003050 Transaction Set 860

Modifications to Award Instrument

Implementation Convention

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

Technology Administration

National Institute of

Standards and Technology
The National Institute of Standards and Technology was established in 1988 by Congress to "assist industry

in the development of technology . . . needed to improve product quality, to modernize manufacturing processes,

to ensure product reliability . . . and to facilitate rapid commercialization ... of products based on new scientific discoveries." NIST, originally founded as the National Bureau of Standards in 1901, works to strengthen U.S. industry's

competitiveness; advance science and engineering; and improve public health, safety, and the environment. One of the agency's basic functions is to develop, maintain, and retain custody of the national standards of measurement, and

provide the means and methods for comparing standards used in science, engineering, manufacturing, commerce,

industry, and education with the standards adopted or recognized by the Federal Government.

As an agency of the U.S. Commerce Department's Technology Administration, NIST conducts basic and applied research in the physical sciences and engineering, and develops measurement techniques, test methods, standards, and

related services. The Institute does generic and precompetitive work on new and advanced technologies. NIST's

research facilities are located at Gaithersburg, MD 20899, and at Boulder, CO 80303. Major technical operating units and their principal activities are listed below. For more information contact the Public Inquiries Desk, 301-975-3058.

Office of the Director

• Advanced Technology Program

• Quality Programs

• International and Academic Affairs

Technology Services

• Manufacturing Extension Partnership

• Standards Services

• Technology Commercialization

• Measurement Services

• Technology Evaluation and Assessment

• Information Services

Materials Science and Engineering

Laboratory

• Intelligent Processing of Materials

• Ceramics

• Materials Reliability'

• Polymers

• Metallurgy

• Reactor Radiation

Chemical Science and Technology

Laboratory

• Biotechnology

• Chemical Kinetics and Thermodynamics

• Analytical Chemical Research

• Process Measurements^

• Surface and Microanalysis Science

• Thermophysics^

Physics Laboratory

• Electron and Optical Physics

• Atomic Physics

• Molecular Physics

• Radiometric Physics

• Quantum Metrology

• Ionizing Radiation

• Time and Frequency'

• Quantum Physics'

Manufacturing Engineering Laboratory

• Precision Engineering

• Automated Production Technology

• Intelligent Systems

• Manufacturing Systems Integration

• Fabrication Technology

Electronics and Electrical Engineering

Laboratory

• Microelectronics

• Law Enforcement Standards

• Electricity

• Semiconductor Electronics

• Electromagnetic Fields'

• Electromagnetic Technology'

• Optoelectronics'

Building and Fire Research Laboratory

• Structures

• Building Materials

• Building Environment

• Fire Safety

• Fire Science

Computer Systems Laboratory

• Office of Enterprise Integration

• Information Systems Engineering

• Systems and Software Technology

• Computer Security

• Systems and Network Architecture

• Advanced Systems

Computing and Applied Mathematics

Laboratory

• Applied and Computational Mathematics^

• Statistical Engineering^

• Scientific Computing Environments^

• Computer Services

• Computer Systems and Communications^

• Information Systems

'At Boulder, CO 80303. ^Some elements at Boulder, CO 80303.
NIST Special Publication 881-4

Federal Implementation Guideline

for Electronic Data Interchange

ASC X12 003050 Transaction Set 860

Modifications to Award Instrument

Implementation Convention

Electronic Commerce Acquisition Program Management Office

Standard Management Committee - Secretariat

National Institute of Standards and Technology

Gaithersburg, MD 20899-0001

Editor: Dr. Jean-Philippe Favreau

August 1995

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

Ronald H. Brown, Secretary

Technology Administration

Mary L. Good, Under Secretary for Technology

National Institute of Standards and Technology

Arati Prabhakar, Director
Reports on Computer Systems Technology

The National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST)'s Computer Systems Laboratory (CSL)

develops standard and guidelines, provides technical assistance, and conducts research for computers and

related telecommunications systems to advance the effective utilization of information technology

resources. As part of the overall federal effort to establish a single face to industry for conducting electronic

commerce, CSL has been designated as the organization responsible for coordinating the development of Federal Implementation Conventions (ICs) for Electronic Data Interchange (EDI). ICs are defined by

functional-area experts who create and select options from standard EDI Transaction Sets to yield the

implementations to be used for practical EDI. These ICs are made available to federal agencies and

industry by electronic means and this Special Publication Series.

National Institute of Standards and Technology Special Publication 881-4

Natl. Inst. Stand. Technol. Spec. Publ. 881-4, 225 pages (August 1995)

CODEN: NSPUE2

U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE

WASHINGTON: 1995

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

860 Purchase Order Change Request - Buyer Initiated

Functional Group ID=PC

Introduction:

This Draft Standard for Trial Use contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Purchase Order

Change Request - Buyer Initiated Transaction Set (860) for use witliin the context of an Electronic Data

Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to provide the information required for the oistomaiy and established business and industry practice relative to a purchase order change. This transaction can

be used: (1) by a buyer to request a change to a previously submitted purchase order or (2) by a buyer to confirm

acceptance of a purchase order change initiated by the seller or by mutual agreement of the two parties.

Notes:

1. This transaction set is used to issue modifications to all types of award instruments, i.e., contracts, purchase

orders, delivery orders, grants, leases, basic contracts, etc.

2. The term modification, used in this implementation convention, includes change orders.

3. When the modification action is applicable to a line item in table 2, insure appropriate action is taken to table I and other line items in table 2, if applicable. For example, if a line item is added to table 2 with a different delivery date than all the other line items and the delivery date for all the line items was identified in table 1, then the

delivery date must be deleted from table 1 and added to every line item in table 2.

Heading:

Pes. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and

No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments

010 ST Transaction Set Header M 1 020 BCH Beginning Segment for Purchase Order Change M 1 NAJ 030 NTH Note/Special Instruction F 100 040 CUR Currency 0 1 050 REF Reference Numbers O >1

060 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 3 N/U 070 TAX Tax Reference o >I

080 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions o >1 N/U 090 CTP Pricing Information 0 >1 NAJ 095 PAM Period Amount 0 10

110 CSH Header Sale Condition o 5

120 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge o 1 "

Information NAJ 125 CUR Currency O 1

130 ITD Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale o 5

140 DIS Discount Detail 0 20 NAJ 145 INC Installment Information o 1

150 DTM Date/Time Reference o 10

160 LDT Lead Time o 12

35FED860 (003050) April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

N/U 180 LIN Item Identification O 5 NAJ 185 SI Service Characteristic Identification O 2

190 PID Product/Item Description o 200 200 MEA Measurements o 40 210 PWK Paperwork o 25 220 PKG Marking, Packaging, Loading o 200 N/U 230 TDl Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) o 2 240 TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Secjuence/Xransit Time) o 12 N/U 250 TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment) o 12 260 TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling or Hazardous o 5 Materials or Both) 270 MAN Marks and Numbers o 10 274 G53 Maintenance Type o >1

275 TXI Tax Information o >1

nl

280 290

420

430

440

450

460

470

N9

MSG

LtK»(>lD-N'J

Reference Number

Message Text

LM

LQ

SPI REF DTM

MSG

Code Source Information

Industry Code

277 AMT Monetary Amount 0 1 278 AT Financial Accounting O 1

279 REF Reference Numbers 0 >1

1

1000

300 Nl Name O 1

310 N2 Additional Name Information O 2

320 N3 Address Information o 2 330 N4 Geographic Location 0 >1 N/U 335 NX2 Real Estate Property ID Component o 3 340 REF Reference Numbers 0 12

350 PER Administrative Communications Contact 0 >1 N/U 360 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions 0 1 N/U 370 TDl Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) 0 2

380 TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit Time) 0 12 N/U 390 TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment) 0 12

400 TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling or Hazardous 0 5

Materials or Both) 410 PKG Marking, Packaging, Loading 0 200

oM1

>1

iiiiiiiiiiiiiiliiliSpecification Identifier

Reference Numbers

Date/Time Reference

Message Text

1

5

5

50

35FED860 2 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - ModLfications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

NAJ

480

490

500

510

520

530 540

550

560

570

580 590

Nl

N2

N3

N4

REF

G61

MSG

CBl REF DTM

LDT

MSG

Name

Additional Name Information

Address Information

Geographic Location

Reference Numbers

Contact

Message Text

O

O

o

o

o

o

o

Contract and Cost Accounting Standards Data

Reference Numbers

Date/Time Reference

Lead Time

Message Text

O

O

O

o

o

1

22

1

20

1

50

1

20

5

1

50

Detail:

Pes. No.

Seg. ID Name

lXX>PtD-POC

Req.

Ois. Miix.Use Loop

Repeat

Notes and Comments

010 POC Line Item Change O I N/U 018 SI Service Characteristic Identification O 5 N/U 020 CUR Currency o 1

025 CNl Contract Information o 1 030 P03 Additional Item Detail o 25

040 CTP Pricing Information o >1 N/U 041 PAM Period Amount o 10

049 MEA Measurements o 40

050 PID Product/Item Description 0 1 N/U 060 MEA Measurements 0 10

070 PWK Paperwork o 25

080 PKG Marking, Packaging, Loading o 200

090 P04 Item Physical Details o >1

100 REF Reference Numbers o >1

110 PER Administrative Communications Contact o 3 LOOPtD-MC

N/U

130

135

SAC

CUR

Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge

Information Currency

oo

1

1

140 ITS Conditions of Sale o 1

150 ITD Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale 0 2

160 DIS Discount Detail 0 20 N/U 165 INC Installment Information 0 1 N/U 170 TAX Tax Reference o >1

180 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions o >1

190 SDQ Destination Quantity 0 500

35FED860 3 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FED!

200 DTM DateH'ime Reference O 10 NAJ 230 TDl Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) O 1 240 TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit Time) o 12 N/U 250 TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment) 0 12 260

270

TD4

MAN

Carrier Details (Special Handling or Hazardous

Materials or Both) Marks and Numbers

oo

5

10 NAJ 285 TC2 Commodity 0 2 290 TXI Tax Information 0 >1

291 SPI Specification Identifier o >1

292 MSG Message Text o >I

295 SCH Lme hem Schedule o 1 N/U 300 TDl Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) 0 2 NAJ 305 TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit Time) o 12 NAJ 310 TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment) o 12 NAJ 315 TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling or Hazardous

Materials or Both) o 5

l'jf*0 2

320 N9 Reference Number u 1 330 MSG Message Text 0 1000

331 LS o 1

332 LDT Lead Time o

333 OTY Quantity o >i

334 MSG Message Text o 1 335 REF Reference Numbers o 3

336 LM Code Source Inlonnation o 1 337 LQ Industry Code M >1

338 LE Loop Trailer o 1

340 Nl ^^ame o 1

Additional Name Information KJ 2

joyj IN J Address Information 2

J f\J N4lN*t Oeograptiic Location 1

J 1

J

ivcai i^UiLC riupciiy iLf i^uuipuiiciii 3 380 REF o 12 390 PER Administrative Communications Contact 0 3 NAJ 400 FOB F O R kpijiIpH I net n I ft 1 one o 1

405 SCH Line Item Schedule o 200 NAJ 410 TDl Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) o 2

420 TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit Time) o 12 NAJ 430 TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment) o 12 440 TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling or Hazardous

Materials or Both) o 5

35FED860 4 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

450 PKG

451 LDT

452 MAN

453 QTY

454 MSG

455 REF

NAJ 460 SLN

NAJ 470 SI NAJ 480 PID N/U 490 P03

N/U 495 TC2

NAJ 500 SAC

NAJ 505 CUR

NAJ 510 DIM

NAJ 512 CTP

NAJ 513 PAM

NAJ 514 P04 NAJ 517 TAX

NAT

NAJ 530 N2

NAJ 540 N3

NAJ 550 N4

NAJ 560 NX2

NAJ 570 REF

580 PER

590 AMT

600 REF

610 LM

620 LO

Summary:

Pes. Seg. No. ID

010 CTT

020 AMT

030 SE

Marking, Packaging, Loading

Lead Tune

Marks and Numbers

Quantity

Message Text

Reference Numbers

O

O

o

o

10

5

1

3 LOOP ED ^ SLN

Subline Item Detail

Service Characteristic Identification

Product/Item Description

Additional Item Detail Commodity

o 1 o 5 o 1000 0 104 0 2

Service, Promotion, .AJlovsance, or Charge

Information Currency

Date/Time Reference

Pricing Information

Period Amount

Item Physical Details Tax Reference

Additional Name Information

Address Information

Geographic Location

Real Estate Property ID Component

Reference Numbers

Administrative Communications Contact

o 1 o 1 0 10 o 25 o 10 o 1 o 3

o

o

o

oo

o

o

12

2

1

3

12

3

toot" ID- \MT

Monetary Amouni

Reference Numbers

Code Suur.c In

Industry Code

miation O

M

1 >1

Name

Transaction Totals

Monetary Amount

Transaction Set Trailer

Req.

Pes. M

O

M

Max.Use

1

5

1

Loop

Repeat

Notes and Commenfa

n2

n3

Transaction Set Notes

35FED860 5 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

1. If segment LIN is used, do not use LINO 1

2. Number of line items (CTTO 1) is the accumulation of the number of POC segments. If used, hash total (CTT02) is the sum of the value of quantities ordered (POC03) for each POC segment.

3. When AMT is used, then one occurrence of AMTO 1 will = TT and AMT02 will indicate total transaction

amoimt as calculated by the sender.

I

35FED860 6 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Mai Use: Purpose:

Notes: Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes:

Comments:

ST Transaction Set Header

010

Heading

Mandatory

1To indicate the start of a transaction set and to assign a control nimiber

1 The transaction set identifier (STOl) used by the translation routines of the interchange partners to select the appropriate transaction set definition (e.g., 810

selects the invoice transaction set).

Ref. Pes. M STOl

M ST02

Data

Element

143

329

Attributes

M D) 3/3

Data Element Summary

Name

Transaction Set Identifier Code

Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set. 860 X1 2 . 1 5 Purchase Order Change Request - Buyer

Initiated Transaction Set Control Number M AN 4/9

Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set This unique control number is assigned by the originator ofthe transaction set or by the originator's application program. This same number is carried in SE02.

35FED860 7 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: BCH Beginning Segment for Purchase Order Change

Position: 020

Loop:

Level: Heading

Usage: Mandatory

Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the beginning of the purchase order change transaction set and transmit

identifying numbers and dates. Notes: Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 BCH06 is the date assigned by the purchaser to purchase order. 2 BCH09 is the seller's order number.

3 BCH10 is the date assigned by the sender to the acknowledgment.

4 BCHl 1 is the date of the purchase order change request.

Comments:

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Pes. Element Name Attributes

M BCHOl 353 Transaction Set Purpose Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying purpose of transaction set. Use to identify the purpose ofthe transaction set. 00 Original Use to indicate an original modification. This code is used when either a bilateral or unilateral modification

is issued. 01 Cancellation Use to indicate a draft modification is being cancelled. 07 Duplicate Use to indicate a re-transmission ofeither an original

modification or an advance notification modification. 14 Advance Notification Use this code only when BCH15 is code KF.

22 Information Copy

Use to indicate an information copy ofeither an

original modification or an advance notification modification. This information copy is sent to addressees other than the contractor, e.g., the Contract

Administration Office. 24 Draft Use to indicate the modification is being sent to the contractorfor his review and comment prior to issuing an original modification.

M BCH02 92 Purchase Order Type Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying the type of Purchase Order.

Use to identify the type ofmodification being issued. CC Change to Contract Use to indicate a modification to any type ofaward

instrument. SW Stop Work

35FED860 8 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE • FEDl

M BCH03

BCH04

BCH05

M BCH06

BCH07

ZZ Mutually Defined Use to indicate a resume work order. Data

maintenance has been submittedASCXI2 to add a

code for Resume Work Order. Ifapproved, this code

will be available for use in the next ASCXI2 Version

and Release. In the meantime, use this code. 324 Purchase Order Number M AN 1/22

Identifying number for Purchase Order assigned by the orderer/purchaser. Enter the purchase order number, contract number (including Federal Supply

Schedules, GSA Schedules and all other basic contracts), BPA number. Grant,

Lease, or Agreement number. This number is always the Procurement

Instrument Identification Number (PIIN) for DoD or the equivalent expression

for Civilian Agencies. This is never the number ofa delivery order, call or

release against a basic award instrument. That number is carried in BCH04.

This number shall be transmitted without dashes. 328 Release Number O AN 1/30

Number identifying a release against a Purchase Order previously placed by the

parties involved in the transaction. Enter the number ofa release, call or delivery order against a basic award

instrument. This is always the Supplemental Procurement Instrument

Identification Number (SPUN) for DoD or the equivalent expressionfor

Civilian Agencies. This number shall be transmitted without dashes. 327 Change Order Sequence Number O AN 1/8

Number assigned by the orderer identifying a specific change or revision to a

previously transmitted transaction set.

1. Use to identify the modification number.

2. Use only when ECHO] is code 00, code 07 (ifa duplicate original

modification is being transmitted), or code 22. When BCHOl is code 01, 14 or

24, use BCH07 to cite a working number.

373 Date M DT 6/6 Date (YYMMDD).

Enter the date ofthe award instrument being modified, (either the document

specified in BCH03 or BCH04). Ifboth BCH03 and BCH04 contain a number,

enter the date ofthe award instrument identified in BCH04. IfBCH04 does not

contain a number, enter the date ofthe award instrument identified in BCH02.

326 Request Reference Number O AN 1/45

Reference number or RFQ number to use to identify a particular transaction set and query (additional reference number or description which can be used with

contract number).

1. Use to identify a working number assigned to a draft modification (BCHOl is code 24) . Each successive issuance ofa draft modification will carry a

sequential suffix number, e.g., -1, -2, -3, etc.

2. When BCHOl is code 01, enter the last working number ofa draft modification.

BCH08 367 Contract Number O AN 1/30 Contract number.

BCH09 127 Reference Number O AN 1/30

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier. Use to identify a contractor assigned numberfrom a contractor initiated change request, 865 transaction set BCHIO 373 Date O DT 6/6

35FED860 9 AprU24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

BCHll

BCH12

BCH13

Date (YYMMDD).

Enter the date by which the recipient must respond to this modification.

373 Date O DT 6/6 Date (YYMMDD).

1. Enter the effective date ofa modification.

1166 Contract Type Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying a contract type

Use to identify the type ofpricing arrangement that is applicable to the modification if it differsfrom the award instrument being modified. Ifthe pricing arrangement differs for any line item in the modification, that pricing

arrangement is specified in the CNl segment within the POC loop that is applicable to that line item. Ifappropriate, both BCHI2 and the 2/CNI/025

segment can be included in the transaction set. CA Cost Plus Incentive Fee (With Performance Incentives)

CB Cost Plus Incentive Fee (Without Performance

Incentives)

CH Cost Sharing

CS Cost CW Cost Plus Award Fee CX Cost Plus Fixed Fee FB Fixed Price Incentive Firm Target (With Performance

Incentive)

FC Fixed Price Incentive Firm Target (Without

Performance Incentive)

FD Fixed Price Redetermination Use to indicate a prospective fixed price

redetermination award instrument.

FF Fixed Price Incentive Successive Target (With

Performance Incentive)

FG Fixed Price Incentive Successive Target (Without

Performance Incentive)

FH Fixed Price Award Fee FJ Fixed Price Level of Effort FK No Cost FR Firm Fixed Price

FX Fixed Price with Economic Price Adjustment

LH Labor Hours

TM Time and Materials

ZZ Mutually Defined Use to indicate a retroactive fixed price

redetermination award instrument. 786 Security Level Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating tlie level of confidentiality assigned by the sender to the informaUon following.

Use to identify the highest level ofgovernment security classification applicable to the modification.

92 Government Confidential

93 Government Secret

35FED860 10 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

94 Government Top Secret BCH14 587 Acknowledgment Type O ID 2/2

Code specifying the type of acknowledgment.

AC Acknowledge - With Detail and Change

Use to indicate acknowledgement ofthis 860

transaction set is required using the available segments

in the 865 transaction set and re-transmitting the same

data in corresponding segments in the 860 transaction

set. Changes are permitted.

AD Acknowledge - With Detail, No Change

Use to indicate acknowledgement ofthis 860

transaction set is required using the available segments

in the 865 transaction set and re-transmitting the same

data in corresponding segments in the 860 transaction

set without change.

AE Acknowledge - With Exception Detail Only

Use to indicate acknowledgement ofthis 860

transaction set is required using only the mandatory

and necessary segments in the 865 transaction set to convey the exception detail. AK Acknowledge - No Detail or Change

Use to indicate acknowledgement ofthis 860

transaction set is required using only the mandatory

segments in the 865 transaction set. AT Accepted Use to indicate that acceptance or rejection ofthis 860

transaction set is required.

NA No Acknowledgment Needed

Use for an administrative change, or a unilateral modification.

BCH15 640 Transaction Type Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the type of transaction. Use to identify the purpose ofthe modification.

BO Procurement Cancellation

An order from an inventory control point to a procurement activity requesting that all or a portion of

a procurement action be cancelled Use to indicate a no cost cancellation ofa award

instrument that has been accepted by a contractor. When used, BCH14 must cite code AK.

DG Response

A reply to an inquiry Use to indicate a counter offer to a contractor change

is being issued. KB Termination for Default

KC Definitization of Contract Use ofthis code includes the definitization ofa letter contract. KD Definitization of Order

KE Exercise of Option

KF Intent to Exercise Option

35FED860 11 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

KG Administrative Change

Use to indicate all types ofadministrative changes

including Novation Agreements and Funding

Modifications.

KH Change Order

KI Supplemental Agreement

Use ofthis code includes the definitization ofequitable

adjustments.

KJ Amended Shipping Instructions KK Provisioned Item KM Additions to General Provisions

KN Request for Price Quote

KT Termination for Convenience

ZZ Mutually Defined Use to indicate another type ofmodification not

identified by any listed code. When this code is used,

the authorityfor this other type ofmodification will be

cited in the l/REF/050 segment using code ZZ in REFOl.

BCH16 1232 Purchase Category O D) 2/2

Code identifying the broad category of products or services being acquired

Use to indicate the purchase category to which this modification pertains, e.g., use code RE to indicate the modification isfor the repair ofan item. AE Architect and Engineering

CN Construction

DR Demolish, Dismantle or Replace

ER Equipment Rental

IR Inspect and Repair as Necessary

MD Modification

OV Overhaul

RD Research and Development

RE Repair

SB Shipbuilding

SP Supplies

SU Subsistence

SV Services

TE Test and Evaluation

UT Utilities

35FED860 12 April 24, 199S
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

CUR

040

Currency

Heading

Optional

1To specify the currency (dollars, pounds, francs, etc.) used in a transaction

1. Use this segment to identify the foreign currency in which the award instrument or modification is issued and the currency in which payment is to be made. Use also to identify the exchange rate for U.S. dollars applicable to currency in which the modification is issued.

Semantic Notes: Comments:

1 IfCUROS is present. then

2 If CUR09 is present. then

3 If CURIO is present. then

4 IfCURll is present. then

5 IfCUR12 is present. then

6 IfCUR13 is present. then

7 IfCUR14 is present. then

8 IfCURlS is present. then

9 IfCUR16 is present. then

10 IfCURlT is present, then

11 IfCURlS is present, then

12 If CURI9 is present. tlien 13 If CUR20 is present, then

14 If CUR21 is present. then

1 See Figures Appendix for

Data Element Summary

M

M

Ref. Pes. CUROl

CUR02

CUR03

Data

Element

98

100

Name Attributes

280

CUR04

CUR05

CUR06

98

100

669

Entity Identifier Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, or an individual

BY Buying Party (Purchaser)

Currency Code M ID 3/3

Code (Standard ISO) for country in whose currency the charges are specified. Use to identify the currency in which the award instrument or modification is issued ifother than US dollars. Exchange Rate O R 4/6

Value to be used as a multiplier conversion factor to convert monetary value

from one currency to another. Use to identify the exchange rate between US dollars and the currency in which

the modification is issued. Use onlyforfinancial obligation purposes. Entity Identifier Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, or an individual

PR Payer

Currency Code O ID 3/3

Code (Standard ISO) for country in whose currency the charges are specified. Use to identify the currency in which payment will be made ifother than US

dollars. Currency Market/Exchange Code O ID 3/3

35FED860 13 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

X CUR07

X CUR08

X CUR09

X CURIO

X CURll

X CUR12

X CUR13

X CUR14

X CUR15

X CUR16

X CUR17

X CUR18

X CUR19

X CUR20

X CUR21

Code identifying the market upon which the currency exchange rate is based. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 374 Date/Time Qualifier X ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time. 373 Date O DT 6/6

Date (YYMMDD).

337 Time O TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59),

S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tentlis (0-9) and DD = himdredths (00-99)

374 Date/Time Qualifier X ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 373 Date X DT 6/6

Date (YYMMDD).

337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59),

S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

374 Date/Time Qualifier X ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 373 Date X DT 6/6 Date (YYMMDD).

337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59),

S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

374 Date/Time Qualifier X ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 373 Date X DT 6/6 Date (YYMMDD).

337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59),

S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

374 Date/Time Qualifier X ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 373 Date X DT 6/6

Date (YYMMDD).

337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59),

S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

35FED860 14 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: REF Reference Numbers

Position: 050

Loop:

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Mai Use: >1

Purpose: To specify identifying numbers.

Notes: 1. Use this l/REF/050 segment to identify reference numbers that apply to all of the line items. If the reference numbers vary by line item, use the 2/REF/lOO segment.

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.

Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Pes. Element Name Attributes

M REFOl 128 Reference Number Qualifier M D) 2/2

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

16 Military Interdepartmental Purchase Request (MIPR)

Number

A specific form used to transmit obligation authority

(dollars) and requirements between a service or agency

requiring a purchase and a military service or agency

responsible for procuring the requirement

2E Foreign Military Sales Case Number

A reference number designating the foreign military

sale records Use to indicate a Foreign Military Sale. 2S Catalog Use to indicate the Catalog ofFederal Domestic

Assistance. This is where the programfunding source can be found.

2W Change Order Authority

2X Supplemental Agreement Authority

2Y Wage Determination Use to indicate a Department ofLabor Wage

Determination Number. Use ifthe Wage Determination

is passed by reference only or to identify the Wage

Determination number passed by some other means as

specified in the PWK segment.

5N Citation of Statute Use to indicate the authority under which the modification is issued ifother than a change order or

supplemental agreement.

73 Statement of Work (SOW)

Description of a product or service to be procured imder

a contract; statement of requirements

Ifa Statement of Work is part ofthe modification, the

35FED860 15 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

PWK segment can be used to indicate how the SOW is being provided.

97 Package Number

A serial number indicating unit shipped

AH Agreement Number

Use to indicate a Union Agreement Number.

AU Authorization to Meet Competition No. Use to identify the FAR part 6 authorityfor using other

than full and open competition.

BL Government Bill of Lading

CR Customer Reference Number

Use to indicate the internal number the contractor assigned to the buying party.

DG Drawing Number

DS Defense Priorities Allocation System (DPAS) Priority

Rating

When used, the code cited in REF02 is a 4 position

code. E4 Charge Card Number

Use to indicate a Government credit card number

under which payment ofthe instrument accomplished.

IJ Standard Industry Classification (SIC) Code

Use to indicate the Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Code applicable to this modification. IL Internal Order Number

Use to indicate the requisition (MJLSTRIP/FEDSTRIP

document) number.

IQ End Item Use to indicate the end item to which the modification

pertains.

IX Item Number

Use to indicate a Federal supply schedule (FSS)

special item number.

K4 Criticality Designator

A number assigned to a contract or order that expresses

the relative importance of that contract or order and

thereby assists the contractor in making performance

decisions and assists in making production surveillance

decisions Use to indicate the surveillance criticality designator

applicable to the modification.

K6 Purchase Description

LT Lot Number

NI Military Standard (MIL-STD) Number

NJ Technical Document Number

NL Technical Order Number

P4 * Project Code

Use to indicate the project number applicable to the

modification.

PH Priority Rating

35FED860 16 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modificalions to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Use to indicate the MJLSTRIP/FEDSTRIP priority

rating.

PR Price Quote Number

Use to indicate the contractor's quote or offer number.

QC Product Specification Document Number

Model designation of replacement component

RQ Purchase Requisition No. Use to indicate the Purchase Request (PR) number or

the Purchase Request Order Number (PRON). When

citing a purchase request number, concatenate its line item number with the purchase request number ifit is necessary to transmit both numbers.

RS Returnable Container Serial Number

52 Military Specification Number (MILSPEC)

53 Specification Number

Use to indicate a specification number other than a MIL-SPEC. When used, cite the specification number

in REF02 and identify the issuing activity in REF03.

T4 Signal Code

Defense Fuel Supply Center to bill back fiiel purchases

to the appropriate service or agency accoimt fund

TG Transportation Control Number (TCN)

TN Transaction Reference Number

Use to indicate the unique reference numberfor a

related transaction set (e.g., an 841 transaction set carrying a related technical specification or drawing).

Each transaction set has a unique number. In the case ofthe 841 transaction set, that number is carried in SP102.

TP Test Specification Number

VW Standard Use to indicate a standard other than a MIL-STD.

When used, identify the standard in REF03.

W2 Weapon System Number

Identifies a weapon system Use to indicate the Weapon System Code.

W8 Suffix

Differentiates between partial actions taken on the

original transaction Use to indicate a MILSTRIP/FEDSTRIP requisition

suffix number. This code can be used ifthere is ONLY

one occurrence ofthe REF segment with Code IL in REFOl.

WF Locally Assigned Control Number

XC Cargo Control Number

Use to indicate the tracking numberforfuel being sent by a tanker vessel. XE Transportation Priority Number

Number indicating the level of govenunent priority

associated with the transportation of a shipment

ZZ Mutually Defined

35FED860 17 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Use to indicate another type ofreference number.

When used, identify the nature ofthe number in REF03, ifnecessary. REF02 127 Reference Number X AN 1/30

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

Ifa document has a revision or extension, the document number and the

revision or extension number should be concatenated and cited in this data

element.

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

1. Use to carry additional information applicable to a reference number cited

inREF02.

2. Use offree form text is discouraged ifthe information can be provided by some other means within the transaction set.

REF03 352 Description X AN 1/80

35FED860 18 April 24, 199S
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Puq)ose:

Notes:

PER Administrative Communications Contact

060

Heading

Optional

3To identify a person or office to whom administrative commmiications should be

directed

1. Use this segment to identify names and communications numbers for points of contact

that are not associated with an address.

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required.

3 If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required.

Data Element Summary

M

Ref. Des. PEROlData

Element

366

Name

PER02

Attributes

M ID 2/2

PER03

Contact Function Code

Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named.

AV Advisor Use to indicate the government party who will work

with the contractor on basic R&D efforts in a

particular science area. BD Buyer Name or Department

Includes a Grants Management Specialist.

CD Contract Contact Use to indicate a Contracting Officer's Representative.

NT Notification Contact Use to indicate the party to be contactedfor shipping

instructions. Use only when LDTOl in the l/LDT/160

segment cites code AI. PC Purchasing Contracting Officer (PCO)

Person to whom a warrant has been issued authorizing

that person to obligate funds on behalf of the government

Includes Grants/Contract project officer. RE Receiving Contact Use to indicate the party to be contacted to schedule a

shipment. Use only when LDTOl in the l/LDT/160

segment cites code AI. 93 Name O AN 1/35

Free-form name.

Cite last namefirst, followed byfirst name. Ifthe whole name is longer than 35

characters, truncate or use initials for the first name. Ifnecessary, use PER09

to provide the party's title. 365 Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

35FED860 19 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Code identifying the type of communication niunber.

AU Defense Switched Network

Department of Defense telecommunications system and

successor of the Automatic Voice Network

(AUTOVON)

EM Electronic Mail

FX Facsimile rr International Telephone

Include the country code. TE Telephone

Use to indicate the commercial telephone number of

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code. PER04 364 Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including country or area code when

applicable.

PEROS 365 Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number. Use to identify a second communications numberfor the party cited in PER02.

For example, ifPER03/04 cites a telephone number, PER05/06 can be used to

cite a FAX number.

AU Defense Switched Network

Department of Defense telecommunications system and

successor of the Automatic Voice Network

(AUTOVON)

EM Electronic Mail

EX Telephone Extension Use only ifPEROS is used citing either code AUor TE. FX Facsimile IT International Telephone

Include the country code. TE Telephone

Use to indicate the commercial telephone number of

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code. PER06 364 Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including country or area code when

applicable.

PER07 365 Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number.

Use to identify a third communications numberfor the party cited in PER02.

AU

EM

EX

FX

IT

Defense Switched Network

Department of Defense telecommunications system and

successor of the Automatic Voice Network

(AUTOVON)

Electronic Mail

Telephone Extension Use only ifPEROS is used citing either code AU or TE. Facsimile

International Telephone

Include the country code.

35FED860 20 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

TE Telephone

Use to indicate the commercial telephone number of

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code. PER08 364 Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including country or area code when

applicable.

PER09 443 Contact Inquiry Reference O AN 1/20

Additional reference number or description to clarify a contact number.

Use, ifnecessary, to provide the title ofthe party cited in PER02.

35FED860 21 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instniment RELEASE - FEDl

Segment

Position

Loop

Level

Usage

Max Use

Purpose

Notes

FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

080

Heading

Optional

>1

To specify transportation instructions relating to shipment

1. Use the l/FOB/080 segment if the FOB point and the acceptance location apply to all of the line items. When the FOB point and/or acceptance location varies by line item, use the 2/FOB/180 segment.

2. This segment is not used when the modification is for a service without deliverables or construction.

3. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

123

4

123

4

If FOB03 is present, then FOB02 is required.

If FOB04 is present, then FOB05 is required.

If FOB07 is present, then FOB06 is required.

If FOB08 is present, then FOB09 is required.

FOBOl indicates which party will pay the carrier. FOB02 is the code specifying transportation responsibility location. FOB06 is the code specifying the title passage location. FOB08 is the code specifying tlie point at which the risk of loss transfers. This may

be different than the location specified in FOB02/FOB03 and FOB06/FOB07.

Comments:

Data Element Summary

M

Ref. Pes. FOBOlData

Element Name

146 Shipment Method of Payment

Code identifying payment terms for transportation charges.

Attributes

M ID 2/2

BP

PE

PP

PS

Paid by Buyer

The buyer agrees to the transportation payment term

requiring the buyer to pay transportation charges to a

specified location (origin or destination location) Use to indicate a Government Bill ofLading (GBL) will be issued. Prepaid and Summary Bill Use when transportation charges are to be prepaid by

the seller, are not included in the unit price, and are to be invoiced periodically.

Prepaid (by Seller) Use to indicate that transportation charges are not

included in the unit price but are prepaid and are to be

added as a separate item on this instrument's invoice. Paid by Seller The seller agrees to the transportation payment term

requiring the seller to pay transportation charges to a

specified location (origin or destination location) Use to indicate transportation charges are included in the unit price.

35FED860 22 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

X

X

FOB02 309 Location Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code identifying type of location. Use to identify the FOB point.

DE Destination (Shipping)

FV Free Alongside Vessel (Free On Board [F.O.B.] Point) rr Intermediate FOB Point

A location indicating the point of destination is not the

origin or final destination but rather at some other

point Use to indicate the FOB point is afreightforwarder.

Provide the address in the Nl loop, citing code IC in NlOl.

KE Port of Embarkation

Use to indicate that the FOB Point is an overseas port

ofembarkation, either aerial or water, for delivery of

governmentfurnished completed end items. Provide the address in the Nl loop, citing code KX in NlOl.

Port of Loading

Use to indicate that the FOB Point is a port ofloading.

Provide the address in the Nl loop, citing code KX in NlOl.

Government Furnished Property FOB Point Use to indicate that the FOB point isfor delivery of

Government Furnished Property. Provide the address

in the Nl loop, citing code KX in NlOl.

Origin (Shipping Point)

Mutually Defined Use to indicate another FOB point, i.e., neither at

origin nor at destination. Provide the address in the Nl

loop, citing code KX in NlOl.

FOB03 352 Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content. FOB04 334 Transportation Terras Qualifier Code O ffi 2/2

Code identifying the source of the transportation terms. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. FOB05 335 Transportation Terms Code X ID 3/3

Code identifying the trade terms which apply to the shipment transportation

responsibility.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. FOB06 309 Location Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code identifying type of location. Use to identify the acceptance point. This code also identifies the inspection

location unless NlOl in the 1/N1/300 loop is Code LI. DE Destination (Shipping)

OR Origin (Shipping Point)

ZZ Mutually Defined Use to indicate the acceptance point is neither at

origin nor at destination. Provide the acceptance point

address in the Nl loop, citing code KZ in NlOl;

provide the inspection point in another iteration ofthe Nl loop, citing code LI in NlOl.

KL

KP

OR

ZZ

35FED860 23 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

X FOB07 352 Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarily the related data elements and their content. X FOB08 54 Risk of Loss QualiHer O ID 2/2

Code specifying where responsibility for risk of loss passes. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X FOB09 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content.

35FED860 24 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 • Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE- FED 1

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Mai Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

CSH Header Sale Condition

110

Heading

Optional

5To specify general conditions or requirements of the sale

1. Use this 1/CSH/l 10 segment to specify requirements that apply to the all of the line items. When requirements vary by line item, use the 2/IT8/140 segment.

2. Use this segment also to specify special services (minimum packaging requirements)

that apply to all of the line items. These special services are identified in CSH07. If this information varies by line item, cite the information in the 2/PO4/090 segment in PO404.

12

12

3

4

5

If CSH02 is present, then CSH03 is required.

If either CSH06 or CSH07 is present, then the other is required.

CSH03 is the maximum monetary amount value which the order must not exceed. CSH04 is the account number to which the purchase amount is to be charged.

CSH05 is the date specified by the sender to be shown on the invoice. CSH06 identifies the source of the code value in CSH07.

CSH09 is the percent of the Set-Aside.

Comments:

Ref. Pes. CSHOl

Data

Element

563

CSH02 564

CSH03 610

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Sales Requirement Code O ID 1/2

Code to identify a specific requirement or agreement of sale GS Guaranteed Sale Use to indicate a multi-year award.

P2 Ship As Soon As Possible

P4 DoNotPreship

SC Ship Complete

Use to indicate partial shipments will not be accepted.

SV Ship Per Release Use to indicate that the ordered item(s) are to be

shipped in place.

Do-Not-Exceed Action Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating the action to be taken if the order amount exceeds the value of

Do-Not-Exceed Amount (565).

Use any code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Amount X N2 1/15

Monetary amount.

1. Use to identify a maximum price that ifthe contractor would exceed, the order need not befilled.

CSH04 508 Account Number O AN 1/35

Account number assigned.

35FED860 25 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE • FEDl

X CSH05 373 Date O DT 6/6

Date (YYMMDD).

CSH06 559 Agency Qualifier Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values. AX ANSI Accredited Standards Committee, X12.

CSH07 560 Special Services Code X ID 2/10

Code identifying the special service. Use to identify general packaging requirements when MILSTD 2073-2C codes

are not required to provide the information.

PL Palletizing Use to indicate palletized loads are required.

S0050 Special Packaging

Use to indicate shrink wrap is required.

X CSH08 566 Product/Service Substitution Code O ID 1/2

Code indicating product or service substitution conditions. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X CSH09 954 Percent O R 1/10

Percentage expressed as a decimal

35FED860 26 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDI

Segment: SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information

Position: 120

Loop: SAC

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1 Purpose: To request or identify a service, promotion, allowance, or charge; to specify the amount

or percentage for the service, promotion, allowance, or charge

Notes: 1. Use this 1 /SAC/ 120 segment to identify services, allowances, or non-CLIN charges

and, if applicable, quantities, applicable to all of the line items. If the services,

allowances, or non-CLIN charges vary by line item, use the 2/SAC/130 segment.

Semantic Notes:

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of SAC02 or SAC03 is required. 2 If either SAC03 or SAC04 is present, then the other is required.

3 If either SAC06 or SAC07 is present, then the other is required.

4 If either SAC09 or SAC 10 is present, then the other is required.

5 If SAC 1 1 is present, then SAC 1 0 is required.

6 If SAC 1 3 is present, then at least one of SAC02 or SAC04 is required.

7 If SAC 14 is present, then SAC 13 is required.

1 If SACO 1 is A or C, then at least one of SAC05, SAC07, or SAC08 is required. 2 SAC05 is the total amount for the service, promotion, allowance, or charge.

If SAC05 is present with SAC07 or SAC08, then SAC05 takes precedence.

3 SAC08 is the allowance or charge rate per unit. 4 SAC 10 and SAC 1 1 is the quantity basis when the allowance or charge quantity is different from the purchase order or invoice quantity.

SAC 10 and SAC 1 1 used together indicate a quantity range, which could be a dollar amount, that is applicable to service, promotion, allowance, or charge. 5 SAC 13 is used in conjunction with SAC02 or SAC04 to provide a specific reference number as identified by the code used. 6 SAC 14 is used in conjunction with SAC 13 to identify an option when there is more

than one option of the promotion.

1 SAC04 may be used to uniquely identify the service, promotion, allowance, or

charge. In addition, it may be used in conjunction to further the code in SAC02.

2 In some business applications, it is necessary to advise the trading partner of the

actual dollar amount that a particular allowance, charge, or promotion was based on

to reduce ambiguity. This amount is commonly referred to a "Dollar Basis

Amount." It is represented in the SAC segment in SAC 10 using the qualifier DO - Dollars in SAC09.

Comments:

M

Ref. Pes. SACOl

Data Element Summary

Data

Element

248

Name Attributes

Allowance or Charge Indicator M ID 1/1 Code which indicates an allowance or charge for the service specified.

A Allowance

C Charge

N No Allowance or Charge

Use to indicate the service is to be provided at no

charge.

35FED860 27 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

SAC02 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code X ID 4/4

Code identifying tlie service, promoiion, allowance, or charge

Any code may be used but the listed codes are preferred.

A880 Cancellation Charge

When CSHOl is code OS, use to indicate the cancellation ceiling amount.

B180 Cleaning Charge

B610 Container Service Charge USA/Canada

Use to indicate a reusable container. B870 Customs Charge

C240 Disconnect Charge

C330 Distribution Fee

C370 Diversion Charge

C880 Expediting Premium

D500 Handling

D530 Hazardous Cargo Charge

D660 Hook-up charge

D820 Inside Delivery

D870 Inspection

D890 Installation and Training

D900 Installation E340 Less Than Truckload (LTL) Charge

Use to indicate a charge for a less than full carload or truckload. E400 Loading (Labor Charges)

E470 Lump Sum

Use to indicate the lump sum amount applicable to a Value Engineering

Change Proposal (VECP).

F150 Packaging Service

F460 Postage

F560 Premium Transportation

F830 ProofofDelivery Use to indicate a charge for preparation ofa DD Form 250. G030 Reconnect charge

G350 Rents and Leases G470 Restocking Charge

G530 Rework

G580 Royalties

G660 Scrap Allowance

G740 Service Charge

G760 Set-up

HI 70 Special Tooling Charge

H430 Storage

H540 Supplemental Items Use to indicate Contractor Acquired Parts (CAP).

H550 Surcharge

H990 Testing Services Charge

1260 Transportation Direct Billing

1380 Unloading (Labor Charges)

1590 Warranties

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X SAC03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X SAC04 1301 Agency Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code X AN 1/10

35FED860 28 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Agency maintained code identifying the service, promotion, allowance, or charge

SAC05 610 Amount O N2 1/15

Monetary amount. SAC06 378 Allowance/ Charge Percent Qualifier X ID 1/1 Code indicating on what basis allowance or charge percent is calculated. Use any code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. SAC07 332 Percent X R 1/6 Percent expressed as a percent

Cite 4.25% as 4.25; cite 3% as 3 (note: leading and trailing zeros are

suppressed).

SAC08 118 Rate OR 1/9 Rate expressed in the standard monetary denomination for the currency

specified

SAC09 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken

An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codes to ASCX12 codes. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. SACIO 380 Quantity X R 1/15

Numeric value of quantit>'. Use to indicate the quantity to which the amount in SAC05 applies. SAC10/11 can be used together to specify a quantity range to which the amount in SAC05

applies.

SACll 380 Quantity O R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity. Use only ifSACIO is used. SAC10/11 can be used together to specify a quantity

range. X SAC12 331 Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating method of handling for an allowance or charge.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. SAC13 127 Reference Number X AN 1/30

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier. Use to identify the A CRN, project code, funding code, or accounting code to which a charge or allowance is applicable. These reference numbers and their relationship to the financial accounting data they represent is established in the

1/AT/278 and l/REF/279 segments.

X SAC14 770 Option Number O AN 1/20

A unique number identifying available promotion or allowance options when

more than one is offered. X SAC15 352 Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content.

35FED860 29 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment

Position

Loop

Level

Usage

Mas Use: Purpose

Notes

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

ITD Tenns of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale

130

Heading

Optional

5To specify terms of sale.

1. Use this segment to identify discounts applicable to the entire procurement instrument

or modification.

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 If ITD03 is present, then at least one of ITD04 ITD05 or ITD 13 is required. 2 If ITD08 is present, then at least one of ITD04 ITD05 or ITD 13 is required.

3 If ITD09 is present, then at least one of ITDIO or ITDll is required.

1 ITD 15 is the percentage applied to a base amount used to determine a late payment

charge.

1 If the code in ITDOl is 04, then ITD07 or ITD09 is required and either ITDIO or ITDll is required; if the code in ITDOl is 05, then ITD06 or ITD07 is required.

Data Element Summary

X

X

X

X

X

X

Ref. Pes. ITDOl

ITD02

ITD03

ITD04

ITD05

ITD06

ITD07

ITD08

m)09

ITDIO

ITDll

Data

Element

336

333

Name

338

370

351

446

386

362

388

389

342

Attributes

Terms Type Code O D) 2/2

Code identifying type of payment terms. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Terms Basis Date Code O ID 1/2

Code identifying the beginning of the terms period.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Terms Discount Percent O R 1/6

Terms discount percentage, expressed as a percent, available to the purchaser if an invoice is paid on or before the Terms Discount Due Date.

Cite 4.25% as 4.25; cite 3% as 3 (note: leading and trailing zeros are

suppressed).

Terms Discount Due Date X DT 6/6 Date payment is due if discount is to be earned. Terms Discount Days Due X NO 1/3

Number of days in the terms discount period by which payment is due if terms

discount is earned. Terms Net Due Date O DT 6/6

Date when total invoice amount becomes due. Terms Net Days O NO 1/3

Number of days until total invoice amount is due (discount not applicable).

Terms Discount Amount O N2 1/10

Total amount of terms discount. Terms Deferred Due Date O DT 6/6

Date deferred payment or percent of invoice payable is due. Deferred Amount Due X N2 1/10

Deferred amount due for payment.

Percent of Invoice Payable X R 1/5

35FED860 30 AprU 24. 1995
Federal S60 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Amount of invoice payable expressed in percent.

X 1X012 352 Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarily the related data elements and their content. X m)13 765 DayofMonth X NO 1/2

The numeric value of Uie day of the month between 1 and the maximum day of

the month being referenced. X rn)14 107 Payment Method Code O ID 1/1

Code identifying type of payment procedures.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X TTDIS 954 Percent O R 1/10

Percentage expressed as a decimal

35FED860 31 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes:

Comments:

DIS Discount Detail

140

Heading

Optional

20

To specify the exact type and tenns of various discount information.

1. Use this l/DIS/140 segment to identily volume discounts that apply to all of the line items or to the entire order that are based on tlie dollar value purchased. Use the 2/DIS/160 segment if the discount varies by line item.

2. Use the 1/N9/280 segment, with N901 citing code KD, and the l/MSG/290 segment

to specify other volume or promotional discounts that apply to all of the line items or the

entire order.

1 DIS05 is the minimum for application of the discount. 2 DIS06 is the maximum for application of the discount.

Data Element Summary

M

M

M

M

M

Ref. Pes. DISOl

DIS02

DIS03

DIS04

DIS05

DIS06

Data

Element

653

654

655

656

657

657

Name Attributes

Discount Terms Type Code M ED 3/3

Code to define the units in which the discount will be determined, i.e., dollars, case, truckload, etc. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Discount Base Qualifier M ID 2/2

Code to define unit of discount, i.e., dollars, cases, alternate products, etc. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Discount Base Value M R 1/10

A multiplier amount used in conjunction with discount base qualifier to determine the value of the discount. Discount Control Limit Qualifier M ID 2/3

Code to define the units of the limits for determining discount. Refer to 003050 Data Element DicUonary for acceptable code values. Discount Control Limit M NO 1/10

Amount or time associated with application of the discount. Discount Control Limit O NO 1/10

Amount or time associated with application of the discoimt.

35FED860 32 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: DTM Date/Time Reference

Position: 150

Loop:

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 10 Purpose: To specify pertinent dates and times Notes: 1. Use this l/DTM/150 segment to identify dates that either apply to all of the line items. When the date varies by line item, use the 2/DTM/200 segment.

2. This segment can be used to provide a required delivery date when it is expressed as an actual date. If the delivery schedule is expressed as a set time period after the occurrence of some event, use the l/LDT/160 segment.

3. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM06 is required. 2 If either DTM06 or DTM07 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Pes. Element Name Attributes

M DTMOl 374 Date/Time Qualifier M ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time. 002 Delivery Requested Use to indicate that delivery is being requested earlier than required by a basic award instrument.

017 Estimated Delivery

037 Ship Not Before

063 Do Not Deliver After Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made after a

specified date and/or time. 064 Do Not Deliver Before Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made before a

specified date and/or time. 065 1st Schedule Delivery

066 1st Schedule Ship

077 Requested for Delivery (Week of) When this code is used, cite the beginning day ofthe week. 093 Contract Expiration Use to indicate the expiration date for a requirements

or an indefinite quantity type procurement instrument. 106 Required By

Use to indicate the delivery is due exactly on the date

specified.

174 Month Ending

Use to indicate delivery is required within the specified

month. In DTM02, identify the month and cite the last

35FED860 33 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - ModLflcations to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

181

193

194

227

228

276

279

368

375

376

937

994

996

997

DTM02 373 Date

Date (YYMMDD).

calendar day ofthe month.

Stop Work (as of) Period Start Use to indicate the start ofa period ofperformance.

Period End

Use to indicate the end ofa period ofperformance. Lease Term Start Lease Term End

Contract Start The start date for a contract Use to indicate the commencement date ofan Agreement or an IDC award instrument. Contract Completion

The finish date for a contract Use to indicate the completion date ofan Agreement or an IDC award instrument. Submittal Date an item was submitted to a customer When REFOl is code TN, use to indicate the date ofa

related transaction set. Delivery Start The date that deliveries will begin Use to indicate the start date/time for deliveries when

the total quantity is to be delivered during a specified

period.

Delivery End

The date that deliveries will end

Use to indicate the end date/time when the total quantity is to be delivered during a specified period.

Department of Labor Wage Determination Date

Use to indicate the date ofa Department ofLabor

Wage Determination. Ifrevisions or modifications are

applicable to a Wage Determination, cite the date of

the most recent revision or modification in DTM02.

Quote

The date on which a (price) quote was rendered

When REFOl is code PR, use to indicate the date ofthe quote or offer. Required Delivery

A date on which or before, ordered goods or services must be delivered Use to indicate delivery is due on or before the specified date. Quote to be Received By

A date on which or before a quote must be received at a

location specified in an RFQ

Use to indicate the date a quote is due when an

unpriced modification is issued. X DT 6/6

35FED860 34 April 24, 1995
Federal S60 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

DTM03

DTM04

DTM05

DTM06

337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59),

S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = himdredths (00-99)

Ifapplicable, use to identify the time for a delivery. Specify the time only in the HHMMformat.

623 Time Code O D) 2/2

Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards

Organization standard 8601, time can be specified by a + or - and an indication

in hours in relation to Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) time. Since + is a

restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the codes that follow. Use only when DTM03 is used to express a time. CT Central Time

ET Eastern Time

GM Greenwich Mean Time

LT Local Time

MT Mountain Time

PT Pacific Time

O NO 2/2

The first two characters in the designation of the year (CCYY).

Date Time Period Format Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format.

1. Use any code.

624 Century

1250

DTM07

2. Use to qualify a date when necessary to express the date in other than

YYMMDDformat. Use also, to qualify a range ofdates or times. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 1251 Date Time Period X AN 1/35

Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times. Use to identify a time range for deliveries on a specified date, e.g., use code

RTM in DTM06 to qualify a delivery time range for March 30, 1994 between

1:00 PM and 4:00 PM local time. Use DTMOl/02 to convey the March 30,

1994 date.

35FED860 35 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 • Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment

Position

Loop

Level

Usage

Max Use: Purpose

Notes

Lead Time

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

160

Heading

Optional

12To specify lead time for availability of products and services.

1. Use this l/LDT/160 segment if the delivery schedule applies to all of the line items

and there will be only one delivery of the total quantity. If the delivery schedule varies by line item or more than one delivery will be required for the total quantity, use the 2/LDT/332 loop. If the line item delivery schedule differs by ship-to addressee, use the 2/LDT/451 loop.

2. Use this segment when the delivery schedule is expressed as a set time period after the occurrence of some event. The previous DTM segment is used when the required

delivery date is an actual date.

3. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 LDT04 is the effective date of lead time information.

1 LDT02 is the quantity of Unit of Time Periods.

M

Ref. Pes. LDTOl

Data Element Summary

Data

Element Name

345 Lead Time Code

Code indicating the time range.

Attributes

M ID 2/2

AA

AD

AE

AF

AI

AV

AW

AX

AY

AZ

M

M

LDT02

LDT03

380 Quantity

From date of PO receipt to sample ready.

From date of sample approval to first product shipment.

From date of PO receipt to shipment.

From date of PO receipt to delivery.

From Date of a Specified Event to Delivery Use to indicate that the consignee or other contact must be notified within the time period cited to schedule a shipment. When used, cite the contact communications number in the I/PER/060 segment.

From Date of Award to Date of Latest Delivery

From Date of Award to Date of Earliest Delivery

From Date of Award to Date of Completion

Use to indicate the completion date, e.g., for a level of

effort. From Date of Award to Date of Delivery

From Date of Receipt of Item to Date of Approval of Item M R 1/15

Numeri value of quantity.

344 Unit of fime Period or Interval

Code indicating the time period or interval CY Calendar Year

M ID 2/2

35FED860 36 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

DA Calendar Days

KK Maximum Calendar Days

Use to indicate aflexible time period, e.g., Xnumber

ofdays or less. MO Month

QY Quarter of a Year

SA Semiannual

WK Weeks

LDT04 373 Date O DT 6/6 Date (YYMMDD).

Use to cite a date relevant to the lead time. For example, the start date ofthe cited activity.

35FED860 37 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

FID

190

Product/Item Description

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Heading

Optional

200

To describe a product or process in coded or free-form format

1. Use this segment to provide a description of the item or service.

2. Use this l/PID/190 segment to provide an overall description that applies to all of the

line items. When descriptions vary by line item, transmit a general description in this segment and use the 2/PID/050 segment to transmit the varying descriptions.

3. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

12

3

4

12

3

Comments:

If PID04 is present, then PID03 is required.

At least one of PID04 or FIDOS is required.

If FIDO? is present, then FIDOS is required.

If FIDOS is present, then FIDOS is required.

Use FIDOS to indicate the organization that publishes the code list being referred to. PID04 should be used for industry-specific product description codes. FIDOS describes the physical characteristics of the product identified in PID04. A

"Y" indicates that the specified attribute applies to this item. A '"N" indicates it does not apply. Any other value is indeterminate.

If FIDO 1 = ' T", Uien FIDOS is used. If FIDO 1 = " S", then PID04 is used. If FIDO 1 = ^'X", tlien both FID04 and FIDOS are used. Use FID06 when necessary to refer to the product surface or layer being described in the segment.

FIDO? specifies the individual code list of the agency specified in FIDOS.

Ref. Pes. M PIDOlData

Element

349

PID02

proo3

proo4

proos

750

559

751

352

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Item Description Type M ID 1/1

Code indicating the fonnat of a description.

F Free-form

S Structured (From Industry Code List)

X Semi-structured (Code and Text)

Product/Process Characteristic Code O ID 2/3

Code identifying the general class of a product or process characteristic Use any code. Refer to 0030S0 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Agency Qualifier Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values. Use any code. Refer to OOSOSO Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Product Description Code X AN 1/12

A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about a product

characteristic. Description X AN 1/80

35FED860 38 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content. Use offreeform text is discouraged ifthe information can be provided by some

other means within the transaction set. X Pn)06 752 Surface/Layer/Position Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating the product surface, layer or position that is being described. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X Pn)07 822 Source Subqualifier O AN 1/15

A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier.

X PID08 1073 Yes/No Condition or Response Code O ID 1/1 Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED860 39 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Segment

Position

Loop

Level

Usage

Max Use

Purpose

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

MEA Measurements

200

Heading

Optional

40

To specify physical measurements or counts, including dimensions, tolerances,

variances, and weights (See Figures Appendix for example of use of COOl.)

1. Use this l/MEA/200 segment to provide information that applies to all of the line items. If information varies by line item, use the 2/MEA/049 segment

2. This segment can be used to specify the variations in quantity permitted; and for a

requirements or an indefinite quantity type award instrument, the minimum/maximum

quantity per order, the maximum that may be ordered during a specified time period, the minimum and maximum obligations of the govermnent and contractor, and warranty

periods.

3. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

123

4

5

1

1

Ref. Pes. MEAOlData

Element

737

At least one of MEA03 MEAOS MEA06 or MEAOS is required.

If MEA05 is present, tlien MEA04 is required.

If MEA06 is present, then MEA04 is required.

If MEA07 is present, then at least one of MEAOS MEA05 or MEA06 is required.

Only one of MEAOS or MEA03 may be present.

MEA04 defines the unit of measure for MEA03, MEA05, and MEA06.

When citing dimensional tolerances, any measurement requiring a sign (+ or -), or any measurement where a positive (+) value cannot be assumed use MEA05 as the negative (-) value and MEA06 as the positive (+) value.

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Measurement Reference ID Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the broad category to which a measurement applies

Use any code.

BT Batch Limits

When the modification applies to a requirements or an indefinite award

instrument, use to indicate the minimum and maximum limits ofthe government's obligation to order either in terms ofdollars or quantity under the basic instrument. When the modification applies to a Task Order or a Delivery

Order, use to indicate the minimum and maximum limits ofthe government's

obligation to order under the specific instrument. Use MEA04-C00101 to identify the unit ofmeasure (dollars, each, etc.) and use MEA05/06 to specify

the minimum and the maximum.

CT Counts

Use to indicate variations in quantity when expressed as a discrete quantity.

Specify the quantity under and/or over in MEA05/06.

DE Defects

Use to indicate a warranty period.

35FED860 40 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

LT Lot Limits

Use to indicate the minimum and maximum limits ofthe contractor's obligation

either in terms ofdollars or quantity to deliver under a requirements or

indefinite quantity type procurement instrument. Do not use for a purchase

order or a delivery order. Use MEA 04-COOlOl to identify the unit ofmeasure

(dollars, each, etc.) and use MEA 05/06 to specify the minimum and the maximum.

OL Order Limits

Use to indicate the maximum that the government may orderfrom a

requirements, or indefinite quantity type award instrument in a specified time

period. Do not use for a purchase order or a delivery order. Use MEA03 to identify the quantity, MEA04-C00101 to identify the unit ofmeasure, and

MEA04-C00104 to identify the time period.

PM Permitted Use to indicate the minimum and maximum quantity or dollars permittedper

order against a requirements or an indefinite quantity type award instrument. Do not use for a purchase order or a delivery order. Use MEA04-C00101 to identify the unit ofmeasure (dollars, each, etc.) and use MEA05/06 to specify

the minimum and the maximum.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. MEA02 738 Measurement Qualifier O ID 1/3

Code identifying a specific product or process characteristic to which a measurement applies Use any code. MX Maximum

When MEA 01 is code OL, use to indicate the maximum amount that can be

ordered in a specified period oftime. PO Percent ofOrder (-, +) Use to indicate the variation in quantity permitted when it is expressed as a

percent ofthe quantity ordered. Specify the percent under and/or over in MEA05/06.

RY Ratio

When BCH12 is code CA. CB, CH, FB, FC, FF, or FG, use to indicate the Government and contractor share ratio. Identify the Government share in MEA 05 and the contractor share in MEA 06.

TT Time

Use to indicate the length ofa warranty period. Specify the length oftime in MEA03 and the time period in MEA-COOl OL

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. MEA03 739 Measurement Value X R 1/20

The value of the measurement. MEA04 COOl Composite Unit of Measure X

To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for examples of

use.)

7. This composite unit ofmeasure can be used to indicate the maximum that may be ordered during a specified period oftime under a requirements or

indefinite quantity type procurement instrument.

35FED860 41 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

M COOlOl 355

X C00102

X C00103

C00104

1018

649

355

X C00105

X C00106

X C00107

X C00108

X C00109

X COOllO

X COOlll

X C00112

X C00113

X C00114

1018

649

355

1018

649

355

1018

649

355

1018

2. For example: Ifthe maximum that can be orderedper quarter is 10,000

each, then MEADI would cite code OL, MEA02 would cite code MX, MEA03

would cite 10.000. MEA04-C00101 would cite code EA, andMEA04- C00104

would cite code Ql.

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in wluch a value is being expressed, or maimer in which a measurement has been taken

7. Use any code.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codes toASCX12 codes. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Exponent

Power to which a unit is raised. O R 1/15

Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or maimer in which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codes to ASCX12 codes. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised. Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O D) 2/2

Code specifying tlie units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measiu-ement has been taken

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised. Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised. Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ED 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised.

35FED860 42 AprU24, 1995
Federal 860 • Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

X C00115

MEA05

MEA06

X MEA07

MEA08

MEA09

MEAIO

649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

740 Range Minimum X R 1/20

The value specifying the minimum of the measurement range.

1. When MEA 01 is code CT or MEA 02 is code PO, use to specify the variation

in quantity under.

2. When MEAOJ is code BT, LT, or PM, use to specify the minimum amount or

quantity.

3. When MEA 02 is RY, use to specify the Government share.

4. Percents will be cited asfollows: 4.25% will be cited as 4.25; 3% will be

cited as 3 (note: leading and trailing zeros are suppressed).

741 Range Maximum X R 1/20

The value specifying the maximum of the measurement range.

J. When MEA 01 is code CT or MEA 02 is code PO, use to specify the variation

in quantity over.

2. When MEAOl is code BT, LT, or PM, use to specify the maximum amount or

quantity.

3. When MEA 02 is RY, use to specify the contractor share.

4. Percents will be cited asfollows: 4.25% will be cited as 4.25; 3% will be

cited as 3 (note: leading and trailing zeros are suppressed).

935 Measurement Significance Code O ID 2/2

Code used to benchmark, qualify or further define a measiu"ement value. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 936 Measurement Attribute Code X ID 2/2

Code used to express an attribute response when a numeric measwement value

camiot be determined.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 752 Surface/Layer/Position Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating the product surface, layer or position that is being described. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 1373 Measurement Method or Device X ID 2/4

The method or device used to record the measurement

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED860 43 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

PWK

210

Paperwork

Heading

Optional

25

To identify the type and transmission of paperwork or supporting information

1. Use the l/PWK/210 segment when the paperwork information applies to all of the

line items. Use the 2/PWK/070 segment if tlie information varies by line item.

2. Use this segment to identify paperwork required to pass between the buyer and the

seller and how that paperwork is to be transmitted.

3. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

1 If either PWK05 or PWK06 is present, then the other is required.

1 PWK05 and PWK06 may be used to identify the addressee by a code number.

2 PWK07 may be used to indicate special information to be shown on the specified

report. 3 PWK08 may be used to indicate action pertaining to a report.

Data Element Summary

M

Ref. Pes. PWKOlData

Element

755

Name Attributes

Report Type Code M ID 2/2

Code indicating the title or contents of a document, report or supporting item Use to identify the type ofpaper work that is being provided to or must be

provided by the contractor. 25 Purchase Plan

Use to indicate a make or buy plan.

35 Subcontractor Plan

AE Attachment

Use to indicate some additional document, e.g., list of

governmentfurnished property, related to the award

instrument or modification is being sent by means other

than within the transaction set. Specify the nature of

the document in PWK07.

C 1 Cost Data Summary

Use to indicate non-certified cost andprice data. C5 Certified Cost and Price Data

C6 Wage Determination

When used, identify the Wage Determination number in the l/REF/050 segment using code 2Y in REFOJ.

CP Certificate of Compliance (Material Certification) Use to indicate a Certificate ofConformance.

CX Cost/Schedule Status Report (C/SSR)

Contract status report showing budget, performance,

actual, cost variance, schedule variance, budget at

35FED860 44 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

complete, estimate at complete, and variance at complete at specified levels of the work breakdovm

structure CY Contract Funds Status Report (CFSR)

Status report for funds appropriation including

commitments, actual cost, forecast of billings, and

estimated termination costs DW Drawing(s)

Fl Cost Performance Report (CPR) Format 1 Detailed contract status report including current

reporting month values at specified levels of the work

breakdown structure F2 Cost Performance Report (CPR) Format 2

Detailed contract status report at specified levels of the organization breakdown structure F3 Cost Performance Report (CPR) Format 3 Contract baseline report that summarizes changes to the contract over a given reporting period with

beginning and ending values

F4 Cost Perfonnance Report (CPR) Format 4

Contract resource summary report that forecasts labor requirements for the remainder of a contract F5 Cost Performance Report (CPR) Format 5 Contract summary or detail report explaining

significant cost or schedule variances IT Certified Inspection and Test Results MR Material Inspection and Receiving Report

MS Material Safety Data Sheet

PD Proof of Delivery

PJ Purchasing Specification

Specifications, generated by a customer, setting

acceptance limits on the properties or performance of

the product being purchased; purchasing specifications

may additionally supply instructions for packaging,

transportation, delivery, and payments

Use to indicate a Statement of Work (SOW).

PM Proof of Insurance PP Proposal

S9 Representation

A statement (report) by a prospective contractor that makes a representation about a specific condition Use to indicate a payment andperformance bond.

SF Contract Security Classification Specification Use to indicate that additional information relative to the Contract Security Classification Specification

transmitted in this transaction set will be provided.

SN Shipping Notice

SP Specification

US "BUY AMERICA" Certification of Compliance

PWK02 756 Report Transmission Code O ID 1/2

35FED860 45 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 • Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Code defining timing, transmission method or format by which reports are to be

sent BE By Mail and Electronically

Use to indicate E-Mail

BM By Mail

CF Courier

EL Electronically Only

Use to indicate Electronic Data Interchange (EDI).

FX By Fax

WS With Shipment (With Package)

PWK03 757 Report Copies Needed O NO 1/2

The number of copies of a report that should be sent to the addressee. The number ofcopies is assumed to be 1 unless a greater number is specified in

this data element. PWK04 98 Entity Identifier Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, or an individual

Use to identify the recipient ofthe paperwork. Ifthere is more than one

recipientfor the same papem'ork item, use multiple repetitions ofthe PWK

segment with the same report code in PWKOl. Provide the address ofthe recipient in the 1/N1/300 segment and/or the recipient's communication number

in the I/PER/350 segment.

7D Contracting Officer Representative

7N Party to Receive Proposal

BY Buying Party (Purchaser) Use to indicate the Contracting Officer. C4 Contract Administration Office

Established at either a contractor facility or in a

geographic area, and responsible for administering on

behalf of the buying activities that assigned contracts

for administration and all contracts awarded to either the specific contractor or all contractors in the geographic area IS Party to Receive Certified Inspection Report Use when PWKOl is code IT or MR.

KF Audit Office

The office performing the audit

KG Project Manager

The address of the person responsible for the management of a designated project Use to indicate the party responsible for a project to include the Advisor under a Grant. KY Technical Office

PA Party to Receive Inspection Report

PC Party to Receive Cert, of Conformance (C.A.A.)

SM Party to Receive Shipping Manifest

ZD Party to Receive Reports

The organization designated to receive reports

X PWKOS 66 Identification Code Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification

35FED860 46 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 • Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

X PWK06 67

PWK07 352

Code (67). Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Identification Code X AN 2/20

Code identifying a party or other code. Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content.

1. Use only ifnecessary to provide additional information or instructions applicable to a specific paperwork item.

2. Use offree form text is discouraged ifthe information can be provided by some other means within the transaction set.

PWK08

M C00201

C00202

C00203

C00204

C00205

3. When PWKOl is code S9, use to identify the lead timefor submission ofthe payment andperformance bond.

C002 Actions Indicated O

Actions to be performed on the piece of paperwork identified 704 Paperwork/Report Action Code M ID 1/2

Code specifying how the paperwork or report that is identified in the PWK

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required. 2 Report to be Filed

When PWKOl is code 25, 35, CI, C5. CP. CX, CY, Fl,

F2, F3, F4, F5, IT, MR, MS, PD, PM. PP. S9. SN. or

US, use to indicate the specified paperwork is required

to be provided by the contractor. PV Provided

When PWKOl is code AE, C6. DW, PJ, SF, or SP. use

to indicate the specified paperwork will be provided by

the buyer.

704 Paperwork/Report Action Code O ID 1/2

Code specifying how the paperwork or report that is identified in the PWK

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 704 Paperwork/Report Action Code O ID 1/2

Code specifying how the paperwork or report that is identified in the PWK

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 704 Paperwork/Report Action Code O ID 1/2

Code specifying how the paperwork or report that is identified in the PWK

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 704 Paperwork/Report Action Code O ID 1/2

Code specifying how the paperwork or report that is identified in the PWK

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED860 47 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

PKG

220

Marking, Packaging, Loading

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

Heading

Optional

200

To describe marking, packaging, loading and unloading requirements.

1. Use this l/PKG/220 segment to identify packaging requirements that apply to all of

the line items. If the packaging requirements apply to all of the line items to be delivered

to a named entity, use the l/PKG/410 segment. If the packaging requirements vaiy by

line item, use the 2/PKG/080 segment or the 2/PKG/450 segment if the packaging

requirements are applicable to a named entity.

2. Packaging information such as the number of items in a imit container, the number of

imit containers in an intermediate container; and the gross weight, cube, and dimensions

of a unit or an intermediate container is carried in the 2/PO4/090 segment.

3. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 At least one of PKG04 PKG05 or PKG06 is required. 2 If PKG04 is present, then PKG03 is required.

3 If PKG05 is present, then PKGO 1 is required.

1 PKG04 should be used for industry-specific packaging description codes.

1 Use MEA (Measurements) segment to define dimensions, tolerances weights,

coimts, physical restrictions, etc. 2 If PKGOl = Uien PKG05 is used. If PKGOl = "'S", then PKG04 is used. If PKGOl = "X", then both PKG04 and PKG05 are used. 3 Use PKG03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list being referred

to. 4 Special marking or tagging data can be given in PKG05 (Description).

Data Element Summary

Ref. Pes. PKGOlData

Element

349

Name Attributes

ID 1/1

PKG02 753

Item Description Type

Code indicating the format of a description.

F Free-form

S Structured (From Industry Code List)

X Semi-structured (Code and Text)

Packaging Characteristic Code O ID 1/5

Code specifying the marking, packaging, loading and related characteristics being described. Use the listed codes to identify applicable packaging requirements.

CD Cleaning or Drying Procedure

CT Cushioning Thickness

CUD Cushioning and Dunnage

HM Hazardous Material

IC Intennediate Container

LP Level Of Preservation

OPI Optional Procedure Indicator

35FED860 48 April 24. 1995
Fedcni 860 • Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

PK Packing

When the packing code associated with Packaging

Characteristic Code PK is a three position code; the

first position signifies Level A packingfor Overseas

shipments via surface; the secondposition signifies

Level B packingfor Overseas shipments viafreight

forwarder, APO/FPO, or air; the third position

signifies Level Cpackingfor domestic shipments. When

standard commercial packaging perASTMD 3951 is acceptable, cite MILSTD 2073-2C code Xin PKG04.

PM Preservation Method

PML Preservation Material

SMK Special Marking

UC Unit Container

UCL Unit Container Level

WM Wrapping Material

PKG03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning tlie code values. DP Department of Defense (DoD)

GS General Services Administration (GSA)

Responsible for Federal Specification

ZZ Mutually Defined Use to indicate a federal activity other than DoD or GSA. Data maintenance has been submitted to ASC

XI2. Ifapproved, a code for Federal Government will be available in the ASCXI2 Version/Release 3060.

PKG04 754 Packaging Description Code X AN 1/7

A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about the marking, packaging or loading and unloading of a product.

7. The actual codes associated with the packaging characteristic codes cited in PKG02 can be found in Code Source List 197 (M1L-STD-2073-2C).

2. When the contractor is to select the appropriate requirement or method

associated with a packaging characteristic code, insert "Y", or "YY" (dependent on the number ofpositions in the code).

3. Insert "Z" or "ZZ" (dependent on the number ofpositions in the code) to indicate that supplementary or special requirements apply to a packaging

characteristic which are not represented by a code listed in MIL-STD- 2073-

2C. Use PKG05 to provide supplementary or special requirements.

4. When the requirement associated with a packaging characteristic code is included as part ofthe requirements definedfor the preservation method code,

insert either "X" or "XX" (dependent on the number ofpositions in the code).

5. Whenever a code used in PKG04 requires an explanation or additional

information, provide it in PKG05.

PKG05 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content Use to provide Supplemental Instructions or Special Packaging Instructions. If

the information to be provided exceeds the maximum length ofthis data

element, provide the information in the N9 loop, using code KD in N901.

35FED860 49 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

PKG06 400 Unit Load Option Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying loading or unloading a shipment

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED860 50 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Mai Use: Purpose:

Notes:

TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit Time)

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

240

Heading

Optional

12To specify the carrier, sequence of routing and to provide transit time information

1. Use this 1/TD5/240 segment to identify the transportation method that is applicable to

all of the line items. If the transportation method applies to all of the line items to be

delivered to a named entity, use tlie 1/TD5/380 segment. If the transportation method

varies by line item, use the 2/TD5/240 segment or the 2/TD5/420 segment when the information is applicable to a named entity.

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 At least one of TD502 TD504 TD505 TD506 or TD512 is required. 2 If TD502 is present, then TD503 is required.

3 If TD507 is present, then TD508 is required. 4 If TD5 10 is present, then TD5 1 1 is required.

1 When specifying a routing sequence to be used for the shipment movement in lieu of specifying each carrier within the movement: use TD502 to identify the party

responsible for defining the routing sequence; use TD503 to identify the actual routing sequence, specified by the party identified in TD502.

Data Element Summary

Ref.

Des. TD501

TD502

Data

Element

133

66

TD503

TD504

67

91

Name Attributes

Routing Sequence Code O ID 1/2

Code describing the relationship of a carrier to a specific shipment movement.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Identification Code Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67). 10 Department of Defense Activity Address Code

(DODAAC)

mien TD504 is code PL, use to indicate the DoDAAC

ofthe pipeline.

Identification Code X AN 2/20

Code identifying a party or other code. Transportation Method/Type Code X ID 1/2

Code specifying the method or type of transportation for the shipment.

1. Use any code.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codes toASCXn codes.

TD505 387

D Parcel Post

Use to indicate the U.S. Postal Service and not a private carrier. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Routing X AN 1/35

35FFX)860 51 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 • Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE • FEDl

Free-form description of the routing or requested routing for shipment, or the

originating carrier's identity.

X TDS06 368 Shipment/Order Status Code X ID 2/2

Code indicating the status of an order or shipment or the disposition of any

difference between the quantity ordered and the quantity shipped for a line item

or transaction. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X TD507 309 Location Qualifier O ID 1/2

Code identifying type of location. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X TD508 310 Location Identifier X AN 1/30

Code which identifies a specific location. X TD509 731 Transit Direction Code O ID 2/2

The point of origin and point of direction. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X TD510 732 Transit Time Direction Qualifier O E) 2/2

Code specifying the value of time used to measure the transit time. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X TD511 733 Transit Time X R 1/4

The numeric amount of transit time. TD512 284 Service Level Code X ID 2/2

Code defining service Use any code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED860 52 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 • Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Mai Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling or Hazardous Materials or Both)

260

Heading

Optional

5To specify transportation special handling requirements or hazardous materials

information or both

1. Use this 1/TD4/260 segment to provide special handling or hazardous material

information when it applies to all of the line items. Use the 1/TD4/400 segment when

the special handling or hazardous material information applies to all of the line items

applicable to a named entity. If tliis information varies by line item, use the 2/TD4/260

segment or the 2/TD4/440 segment if tlie information is applicable to a named entity.

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 At least one of TD40 1 TD402 or TD404 is required. 2 If TD402 is present, tlien TD403 is required.

Ref. Pes. TD401

Data

Element

152

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Special Handling Code X

Code specifying special transportation handling instructions. Any code may be used but the listed codes are preferred.

H) 2/3

TD402

TD403

TD404

AMM A.M. Delivery Requirement

DA Dangerous

EP Expedite

EX Explosive Flammable Gas

FG Flammable Gas

FL Flammable

FP Flammable Poison Gas

HM Endorsed as Hazardous Material

LT Less Than Full Carload

LTT Less Than Truckload

NC Notify Consignee Before Delivery

PG Poisonous Gas PMM

PMM Delivery Requirement

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 208 Hazardous Material Code Qualifier X H) 1/1

Code which qualifies the Hazardous Material Class Code (209). Use any code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 209 Hazardous Material Class Code X AN 2/4

Code specifying the kind of hazard for a material. 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content. Use offree form text is discouraged ifthe information can be provided by some

35FED860 53 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Other means within the transaction set.

35FED860 54 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modificalions to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: MAN Marks and Numbers

Position: 270

Loop:

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Mai Use: 10

Purpose: To indicate identifying marks and numbers for shipping containers Notes: 1. Use this l/MAN/270 segment when the marks and numbers apply to all of the line items. If the information varies by line item, use the 2/MAN/270 segment.

2. Use to identify such data as a MILSTRIP/FEDSTRIP number. Transportation Control

number. Project Priority number, and consignee related codes.

3. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

Syntax Notes: 1 If either MAN04 or MAN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If MAN06 is present, then MAN05 is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 MAN01/MAN02 and MAN04/MAN05 may be used to identify two different marks

and numbers assigned to the same physical container. 2 When both MAN02 and MAN03 are used, MAN02 is the starting number of a

sequential range and MAN03 is the ending number of that range. 3 When both MAN05 and MAN06 are used, MAN05 is the starting number of a

sequential range, and MAN06 is the ending number of that range. Comments: 1 When MANOl contains code UC (U.P.C. Shipping Container Code) and

MAN05/MAN06 contain a range of ID numbers, MAN03 is not used. The reason

for this is that tlie U.P.C. Shipping Container code is the same on every carton that

is represented in the range in MAN05/MAN06.

2 MAN03 and/or MAN06 are only used when sending a range(s) of ID numbers.

When both MAN02/MAN03 and MAN05/MAN06 are used to send ranges of ID

numbers, the integrity of the two ID numbers must be maintained.

Data Element Summary

M

M

Ref. Pes. MANOl

MAN02

MAN03

MAN04

MAN05

MAN06

Data

Element

88

87

87

88

87

87

Name Attributes

Marks and Numbers Qualifier M ID 1/2

Code specifying the application or source of Marks and Numbers (87). S Entire Shipment

Marks and Numbers M AN 1/45

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment.

Marks and Numbers O AN 1/45

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment.

Marks and Numbers Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code specifying the application or source of Marks and Numbers (87). S Entire Shipment

Marks and Numbers X AN 1/45

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment.

Marks and Numbers O AN 1/45

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment.

35FED860 55 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 • Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

G53

274

Maintenance Type

Heading

Optional

>1

To identify the specific type of item maintenance.

Use this segment to identify the type of change this modification makes to table 1 of the award instrument to which the modification applies. Changes made to table 2 of the award instrument are identified in POC02 of this transaction set.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Des. Element Name Attributes

M G5301 875 Maintenance Type Code M ID 3/3

Code identifying the specific type of item maintenance.

001 Change

Use only when codes 002 and 021 do not apply. When

used, transmit the entire occurrence ofthe free

standing segment(s) or the entire iteration ofthe

loop(s).

002 Delete

Use only when deleting, without replacement, an entire occurrence ofa free standing segment(s) or an entire

iteration ofa loop(s).

021 Addition Use only when adding a new orfirst occurrence ofa

free standing segment(s) or a new orfirst iteration ofa

loop(s).

35FED860 56 AprU24, 1995
Federal 860 • Modificatiotis to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

TXI Tax Information

275

Heading

Optional

>1 . To specify tax information.

Use this l/TXI/275 segment to identify taxes that apply to the total order amount. Use

the 2/TXI/290 segment to identify taxes that apply to individual line item amounts.

12

3

1

At least one of TXI02 TXI03 or TXI06 is required.

If either TXI04 or TXI05 is present, then the other is required.

If TXI08 is present, then TXI03 is required.

TXI07 is a code indicating the relationship of the price or amoimt to the associated

segment.

TXI02 is the monetary amount of tlie tax. TXI03 is the tax percent expressed as a decimal.

If TXI02 is not used, then the application of the percent (TXI03) is between trading

partners.

Data Element Summary

M

Ref. Pes. TXIOl

TXI02

TXI03

TXI04

TXI05

TXI06

TXI07

Data

Element

963

782

954

955

956

441

662

Name Attributes

M ID 2/2

TXI08 828

Tax Type Code

Code specifying the type of tax. Use any code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Monetary Amount X R 1/15

Monetary amount. Percent X R 1/10

Percentage expressed as a decimal

Percents will be cited asfollows: 4.25% will be cited as 4.25; 3% will be cited as 3 (note: leading and trailing zeros are suppressed).

Tax Jurisdiction Code Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the source of the data used in tax jurisdiction code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Tax Jurisdiction Code X AN 1/10

Code identifying tlie taxing jurisdiction.

Tax Exempt Code X ID 1/1

Code identifying exemption status from sales and use tax. Use any code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Relationship Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating the relationship between entities A Add

D Delete

I Included

Dollar Basis For Percent O R 1/9

Dollar basis to be used in the percent calculation of the allowance, charge or tax

35FED860 57 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

TXI09 325 Tax Identification Number O AN 1/20

Number assigned to a purchaser (buyer, orderer) by a taxing jurisdiction (state, county, etc.), often called a tax exemption number or certificate nimiber.

mien TXI06 is used, provide the purchasing activity's tax exempt number when

required by the taxingjurisdiction.

Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set

1. Use to identify the ACRN, project code, funding code, or accounting code to which a tax is applicable. These codes and their relationship to the financial

accounting data they represent are established in the l/AMT/277 loop.

2. Use only when TXI07 is code A.

TXIIO 350 Assigned Identification O AN 1/11

35FED860 58 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Segment: AMT Monetary Amount

Position: 277

Loop: AMT

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the total monetaiy amount.

Notes: 1. Use this segment to specify the total amomit of obligated funds for each accoimting

classification cited in the following AT segment, to specify amounts associated with

incentive, award fee, fixed-fee, or cost sharing procurement instnmients when the amounts apply to all of the line items, to specify the amount due the contractor fi^om a

termination for convenience, or to specify the increases or decreases to amounts

associated with accounting data, ACRNs and Special ACRNs.

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data firom, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Des. Element Name Attributes

M AMTOl 522 Amount Qualifier Code M ID 1/2

Code to qualify amount

For the correct use ofthe following codes in variousfee andprofit

arrangements by type ofcontract, see Appendix A. 29 Estimated Price

The latest revised estimate of the total cost at complete

for a contract 30 Conti-act Ceiling

The ceiling price applicable to defined effort 32 Target Fee or Profit Amount

The fee (can also be percent) of profit that will apply to defined contiact effort 33 Original Contract Target Cost Value of the original negotiated contract 35 Current Target Cost Sum of Original Contract Target Cost and Negotiated

Contract Changes

70 Open Coiiunitments

Value of supplies or other items committed to for payment (such as on delivery of products)

DQ SetUement

Use to indicate the amount due the contractor resulting

from a termination for convenience (BCH15 is code

KTJ. E9 Initial Fee Beginning charge before any reductions

FE Fee

35FED860 59 AprU24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

K4 Initial Target Fee K5 Minimum Fee K6 Maximum Fee K8 Special Accounting Classification Reference Number

(ACRN) Amount

Use when REFOl in the l/REF/279 segment is code 2V. KC Obligated

An amount a party has an obligation to pay upon a

successful performance by another party, (e.g.,funds

obligated on a contract) Use when the ATsegment carries long line accounting

data and REFOl in the l/REF/2 79 segment is code AX.

KO Committed Amount

KY Not-To-Exceed Price

ZQ Initial Target Cost ZR Increase Use to indicate the net increase to accounting

classification data, or a Special ACRN as a result of

this modification.

ZS Decrease Use to indicate the net decrease to a accounting

classification data or a Special ACRN as a result of

this modification.

M AMT02 782 Monetary Amount M R 1/15

Monetary amount. X AMT03 478 Credit/Debit Flag Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating whether amount is a credit or debit Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED860 60 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE- FED 1

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

AT Financial Accounting

278

AMT

Heading

Optional

1To transmit financial accounting data

1 . Use this segment to provide the financial accounting data.

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data fi-om, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 If AT 10 is present, then ATOl is required.

1 AT09 identifies unique local activity financial accounting information

Ref. Pes. X ATOl

M AT02

Data

Element

1271

1282

M

AT03

AT04

AT05

AT06

AT07

1283

1284

1285

1286

1287

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

AN 1/20

AT08 1288

Industry Code

Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list Treasury Symbol Number O AN 7/21

Number identifying a department, fiscal year, treasury account number, and

appropriation limit for a standard accounting classification coding structure Cite the basic appropriation number in this data element (department code,

fiscal year (Xfor no year), treasury account number, and appropriation limit). Example: 17931810.0400

Budget Activity Number O AN 1/16

Number identifying an administrative subdivision of funds against which a transaction is to be charged for a standard accounting classification coding

structure Object Class Number O AN 3/12

Number identifying the namre of the goods or services acquired and a specific

office or organization using resources for a standard accounting classification coding structure Reimbursable Source Number O AN 1/3

Number identifying the source of an appropriation or fund reimbursement for a standard accounting classification coding structure Transaction Reference Number O AN 4/20

Number identifying an original request for goods and services to the matching

financial transaction for a standard accounting classification coding structure Accountable Station Number O AN 3/8

Number identifying an office responsible for entering a financial transaction

into the applicable accounting system for a standard accounting classification coding structure Cite the Accountable Station Number in this data element. The Accountable

Station Code is the Fiscal Station Number (FSN) ofboth the Army and the

Office of the Secretary ofDefense (OSD). the Authorization Accounting Activity

(AAA) of the Navy, or the Accounting and Disbursing Station Number (ADSN)

used by the Air Force. The Accountable Station Codes (TAC 3) are published in DoD 4000.25-6-M "Department ofDefense Activity Address Directory.

Paying Station Number O AN 8/14

Number identifying an office responsible for making a payment or collection

35FED860 61 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Standard accounting classification coding structure M AT09 352 Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarily the related data elements and their content

Cite the balance ofthe financial accounting data which should include the Accountable Station Number cited inAT07.

X ATIO 1270 Code List Qualifier Code O ID 1/3

Code identifying a specific industry code list Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED860 62 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instnitnent RELEASE • FEDl

Segment: REF Reference Numbers

Position: 279

Loop: AMT

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Mai Use: >1

Purpose: To specify identifying numbers.

Notes: 1. Use this segment to identify a number or a code applicable to the financial accoimting

data cited in the preceding AT segment. This number or code can be cited in the 2/REF/600 segment in place of repeating the accounting data at the Detail level when it

is necessary to associate the accounting data with an amount cited in the 2/AMT/590

segment.

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.

M

Ref. Pes. REFOlData

Element

128

REF02

REF03

127

352

Data Element Summary

Name

Reference Number Qualifier

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

Attributes

M ID 2/2

10

IZ

2V

AX

FU

P4

TH

Reference Number

Account Managers Code

Identifies the telecommunications manager assigned to

tliis account Use to indicate an accounting code. Financial Detail Code

Special Government Accounting Classification Reference Number (ACRN)

Government Accounting Class Reference Number

(ACRN)

Fund Code

Defense Fuel Supply Center to bill back fuel purchases

to the appropriate service or agency account fimd

Project Code

Transportation Account Code (TAC)

X AN 1/30

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content.

35FED860 63 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment

Position

Loop

Level

Usage

Max Use

Purpose

Notes:

N9

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

Reference Number

280

N9

Heading

Optional

1To transmit identifying numbers and descriptive information as specified by the

reference nmnber qualifier

1. Use this 1/N9/280 loop to identify various clauses (e.g., FAR, DFARS, FIRMR,

GSARS, VAARS, Agency, or other clauses), 0MB Circular, special instructions or

other references that are applicable to the entire procurement instrument. If the information varies by line item, use the 2/N9/320 loop.

2. When an Alternate section is applicable to a cited clause, the alpha/mmieric alternate

identifier and date must be cited in the following MSG segment.

3. When citing a clause in N902, the date of the clause MUST be cited in N904 and the

title of the clause may be optionally cited in the following MSG segment.

4. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required.

2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required.

1 N906 reflects tlie time zone wliich the time reflects.

Data Element Summary

M

Ref. Pes. N901Data

Element Name

128 Reference Number Qualifier

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

Attributes

M ID 2/2

73

BB

CJ

DP

DX

EC

FA

GS

Statement of Work (SOW)

Description of a product or service to be procured under

a contract; statement of requirements

Authorization Number

Proves that pennission was obtained to provide a

service Use to indicate the Code ofFederal Regulations.

Clause Number

Use to indicate a purchasing activity clause (i.e., a

clause notfound in FAR, FAR, FIRMR, etc.). Identify

the purchasing activity issuing the clause in N903.

Defense Federal Acquisition Regulations (DFAR)

Department/Agency Number

Use to indicate an Agency clause and identify the agency in N903.

Circular Use to indicate an Office ofManagement and Budget

(0MB) circular number.

Federal Acquisition Regulations (FAR)

General Services AdministraUon Regulations (GSAR)

35FED860 64 April 24, 199S
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

H4 Federal Information Resources Management

Regxilation

K7 Paragraph Number

Use to indicate information for a contractor. Cite an

applicable number in N902 andprovide the information in the following MSG segment. The

numbering system can be based on the uniform

contractformat, e.g., H-1 for special requirements or any other numbering system the originator desires. KD Special Instructions Number

Use to indicate a special instruction. Indicate the agency or purchasing activity issuing the special

instruction in N903. Ifthis special instruction number

is not included in previously provided terms and

conditions, provide the full text in the following MSG

segment.

KY Site Specific Procedures, Terms, and Conditions

A set of procedures, terms, and conditions, applicable

to a category of procurement emanating from a specific

location, which will be incorporated into all procurement actions in that category by referencing its unique number rather than by incorporating the lengthy

details it represents

KZ Master Solicitation Procediu-es, Terms, and Conditions

A set of standard procedures, terms, and conditions,

applicable to a category of procurement, which will be

incorporated into all procurement actions in that category by referencing its unique number rather than

by incorporating the lengthy details it represents Use to indicate the Master Solicitation number that contains applicable terms and conditions. VB Department of Veterans Affairs Acquisition

Regulations (VAAR)

ZZ Mutually Defined Use to indicate any other reference number that cannot

use a specific qualifier code. Indicate the source ofthe reference in N903 and use the following MSG segment,

ifnecessary, to pass text. N902 127 Reference Number X AN 1/30

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

N903 369 Free-form Description X AN 1/45

Free-form descriptive text.

1. When N901 is code CJ or DX, use to identify the agency or purchasing

activity issuing the clause cited in N902.

2. Use offree form text is discouraged if the information can be provided by some other means within the transaction set.

3. When N901 is code ZZ, use to identify the source ofthe reference and use the following MSG segmentfor text, ifnecessary. N904 373 Date O DT 6/6 Date (YYMMDD).

35FED860 65 Apra24. 199S
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Use to identify the date ofthe clause cited in N902. The DD (day) portion ofthe date is always 01. X N905 337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hoiir clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59),

S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

X N906 623 Time Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards

Organization standard 860 1 , time can be specified by a + or - and an indication

in hours in relation to Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) time. Since + is a

restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the codes that follow. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED860 66 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: MSG Message Text

Position: 290

Loop: N9

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1000

Purpose: To provide a free form format that would allow the transmission of text information. Notes: 1. Use this segment to carry the title or full text of any clause if it is required, a special

instruction, or other information associated with the number cited in N902.

2. This segment is also used to carry clause fill-in information that is not provided

elsewhere within the transaction set. When providing fill-in information, the clause title, if cited, and the alternate identifier and date, if applicable, will be the first data

provided. This data will be followed by a numeric designation of the fill-ins being

provided. Each fill-in will be preceded by the paragraph or section identifier in the

clause where the fill-in information is to be inserted (if identifies are included in the

clause). If there is no paragraph or section designator, the required information will immediately follow the numeric designation of the fill-ins being provided.

3. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

4. A pipe sign (|) will be inserted after each data item. As an example, the fill-in information required by FAR 52.212-3 will be provided as follows:

Commencement, Prosecution, and Completion of Work| Alternative I (Apr 1984)| 3| (a) 30] (c) SEP 30, 19951 Jan 15, 1995|

1 MSG02 is not related to the specific characteristics of a printer, but identifies top of

page, advance a line, etc.

M

X

Ref. Pes. MSGOl

MSG02

Data

Element

933

934

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Free-Form Message Text M AN 1/264

Free-form message text. Printer Carriage Control Code O ID

A field to be used for the control of the line feed of the receiving printer.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

2/2

35FED860 67 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Segment: Name

Position: 300

Loop: Nl

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identily a party by type of organization, name and code

Notes: 1. Use this l/Nl/300 loop to identify organizations or locations that apply to all of the

line items. If the information varies by line item, use the 2/N1/340 loop.

2. Whenever possible, identification and address information should be provided using

NlOl, N103, and N104. Use N102 and segments N2 through N4, as applicable, when

address information caimot be provided using one of the codes listed in N103.

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

3. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, tlien the other is required.

1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing

organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must

provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party. 2 N105 and N106 further define tlie type of entity in NlOl.

Data Element Summary

M

Ref. Pes. NlOlData

Element Name Attributes

98 Entity Identifier Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, or an individual

28 Subcontractor

3 1 Postal Mai1 i ng Address Use only when an actual mailing address is required

and it is differentfrom the address providedfor any

other qualifier code. Do not use ifanother qualifier

code can be used to pass this address. When used, cite the name ofthe party in N102 and the N2 segment, if necessary. 54 Order Writer

Individual who receives the product from the customer and prepares tlie repair order describing work to be

performed Use to indicate activities authorized to place orders

against basic procurement instruments, e.g., requirements, indefinite quantity, BPAs, BOAs, etc. 61 Perfonned At

The facility where work was performed

Use to indicate the place ofperformance when it is other than the contractor's mailing address. 7D Contracting Officer Representative

7E Party Authorized to Definitize Contract Action

7G Hazardous Material Office

35FED860 68 April 24, 1995
Federal S60 • Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE • FEDl

7H Government Furnished Property FOB Point

7M Inspection and Acceptance Location

7N Party to Receive Proposal

7P Transportation Office

92 Support Party

The organization supporting the resolution of an

investigation Use to indicate a secondary Contract Administration

Office. AE Additional Delivery Address

Use to indicate a shipment in-place location. AG Agent/Agency

BT Bill-to-Party Use to indicate the party who will provide

reimbursementfor the payment ofa contractor's

invoice. This is an internal government billed party

and not the party the contractor bills. Use is discouraged. Use only when the contractor or other

party receiving the order or copy ofthe order, needs to receive this information.

BY Buying Party (Purchaser)

C4 Contract Administration Office

Established at either a contractor facility or in a

geographic area, and responsible for administering on

behalf of the buying activities that assigned contracts

for administration and all contracts awarded to either the specific contractor or all contractors in the geographic area C9 Contract Holder Use to indicate the party to whom the contract is awarded ifother than the selling party, e.g.. The Small

Business Administration for a Section 8A award.

CY Country Use to indicate the country to which a Foreign Military

Sale applies. Cite "FMS" in N102 and cite the applicable ISO country code in N404.

DZ Delivery Zone

Area where the product was delivered Use to indicate an area to which deliveries are expected to be made under a requirements or an

indefinite delivery type award instrument. Specify the zone in N104 (e.g., 10, 11, 12, etc., must be 2 positions)

using code ZN in Nl 03 and identify the states or

countries that comprise the zone in N405/06. The zone number will be cited in CTPIO and the price associated

with delivery to that zone will be specified in CTP03.

E3 Person or Other Entity Legally Responsible for and

With Whom a Child Resides

E5 Examiner

Use to indicate a Grant Investigator. Data

maintenance has been submitted to ASCXI2 to add a

codefor Investigator. Ifapproved, we expect the code

35FED860 69 AprU24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

will be available for use inASCX12 Version/Release

3060. In the meantime, use this code. IC Intermediate Consignee

iVhen FOB02 is code IT, use to indicate afreight

forwarder.

IS Party to Receive Certified Inspection Report

KA Item Manager

The address of the person responsible for the managment of an item of supply

Use to indicate the government inventory manager.

KF Audit Office

The office performing the audit

KG Project Manager

The address of the person responsible for the management of a designated project

Use to indicate the party responsible for a project to include the advisor under a Grant. KX Free on Board Point

When FOB02 is code KE, KL. KP, or ZZ. use to indicate the FOB point.

KY Technical Office Use to indicate the technical office that has cognizance

over the technical portion ofthe order, ifdifferentfrom

the office originating the order. Do not use unless it is intendedfor the contractor to deal directly with the

cited party.

KZ Acceptance Location Use to indicate acceptance is at other than origin or

destination. LI Inspection Location

Place where the item was viewed or inspected

OB Ordered By

Use to identify the activity placing an order against a

basic award instrument. 01 Outside Inspection Agency

Use to indicate the inspection agency is other than the Contract Administration Office. PA Party to Receive Inspection Report

PC Party to Receive Cert, of Conformance (C.A.A.)

PL Party to Receive Purchase Order

Use this code to indicate entities other than the contractor that are to receive copies ofthe

modification.

PN Party to Receive Shipping Notice

PO Party to Receive Invoice for Goods or Services Use to indicate where the invoice should be mailed.

PR Payer

Use to indicate the paying office. PW Pick Up Address

R6 Requester

35FED860 70 April 24. 1995
Feda^ S60 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Use to indicate the requesting agency/activity.

RI Remit To

Use to indicate the place to sendpayment ifit is differentfrom a contractor's address, e.g., a bank,

financial office location, etc. SE Selling Party Use to indicate the party receiving the award. Ifthe award is for a Section 8a tri-partied contract, also use code C9 to identify the Small Business Administration.

SM Party to Receive Shipping Manifest

ST Ship To

Ifthe address is an FPO orAPO, use the appropriate

code in Nl 01, cite FPO or APO in NI 02, cite the zip

code in N403, cite code AR in N405, and cite the two

letter identifier (AA for Miami, AEfor New York, AP

for San Francisco) in N406.

SV Service Performance Site When services are contracted for, this describes the organization for whom or location address at which

those ser\'ices will be performed Use to indicate the location where a service, e.g., grass

cutting, is to be performed.

TS Party to Receive Certified Test Results X2 Party to Perform Packaging

A party responsible for packaging an item after it has

been produced

Z7 Mark-for Party

The party for whom the needed material is intended

ZD Party to Receive Reports

The organization designated to receive reports

N102 93 Name X AN 1/35

Free-form name. N103 66 Identirication Code Qualifier X D) 1/2

Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67). While the Federal EDI program uses the DUNs number, other government

users ofthis implementation convention may require the use ofother and

additional numbersfor a transition period in order to cross reference existing

data bases to new procurement actions.

1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet Use ofthe DUNs number is preferred over other codes

to identify a namedparty.

10 Department of Defense Activity Address Code

(DODAAC)

Use to indicate a Department ofDefense or a Civilian

Agency Activity A ddress Code.

33 Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE)

A2 Military Assistance Program Address Code (MAPAC)

Contained in the Military Assistance Program Address

Directory (MAPAD); represents the location of an

entity

35FED860 71 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE • FEDl

ZC Contractor Establishment Code

ZN Zone

When NlOl is code DZ, use to indicate a delivery zone. N104 67 Identification Code X AN 2/20

Code identifying a party or other code. X N105 706 Entity Relationship Code O ID 2/2

Code describing entity relationship.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X N106 98 Entity Identifier Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, or an individual

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED860 72 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: N2 Additional Name Information

Position: 310

Loop: Nl

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Mai Use: 2 Purpose: To specify additional names or those longer than 35 characters in length Notes: 1. This segment is not necessary when the entity cited in NlOl is described using a code

inN103/N104.

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

Data Element Summary

M

Ref. Pes. N201

N202

Data

Element

93

93

Name

Name

Free-fonn name. Name

Free-form name.

Attributes

M AN 1/35

O AN 1/35

35FED860 73 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: N3 Address Information

Position: 320

Loop: Nl

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify the location of the named party Notes: 1. This segment is not necessary when the entity cited in NlOl is described using a code

in N103/N104.

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

M

Ref. Pes. N301

N302

Data

Element

166

166

Data Element Summary

Name

Address Information

Address information

Address Information

Address information

Attributes

M AN 1/35

O AN 1/35

35FED860 74 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: N4 Geographic Location

Position: 330

Loop: Nl

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: >i

Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Notes: 1. This segment is not necessary when tlie entity cited in NlOl is described using a code

in N103/N104.

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

3. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 If N406 is present, tlien N405 is required.

1 A combination of eitlier N401 through N404 (or N405 and N406) may be adequate

to specify a location. 2 N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the USA or Canada.

Ref.

Pes,

N401

N402

N403

N404

N405

N406

Data

Element

19

156

116

26

309

310

Attributes

O AN 2/30

Data Element Summary

Name

City Name

Free-form text for city name.

State or Province Code O ID 2/2

Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government agency.

Postal Code O ID 3/11

Code defining international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks

(zip code for United States). Country Code O ID 2/3

Code identifying the country.

Location Qualifier X ED 1/2

Code identifying type of location. AR Armed Services Location Designation Use to indicate an Army Post Office (APO) or a Fleet Post Office (FPO).

Location Identifier O AN 1/30

Code which identifies a specific location. When N405 is code AR. cite the two letter APO or FPO identifier (AA for

Miami, AEfor New York, APfor San Francisco).

35FED860 75 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: REF Reference Numbers

Position: 340

Loop: Nl

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 12 Purpose: To specify identifying numbers.

Notes: 1. Use this segment to identify reference numbers applicable to a ship-to location, i.e., when NlOl is code ST. The number cited can be a reference number or code used in place of the financial accounting data, e.g., an ACRN, fund code, etc.; a transportation

control number; a GBL number; a requisition number; or the financial accounting

number.

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.

M

Ref. Pes. REFOlData

Element

128

REFOl

REF03

127

352

Data Element Summary

Name

Reference Number Qualifier

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

Attributes

M ID 2/2

10

IZAT

AX

BL

FU

IL

Account Managers Code

Identifies the telecommunications manager assigned to

this account Use to indicate an accounting code.

Financial Detail Code

Appropriation Number

When used, cite the number in REF03.

Government Accounting Class Reference Number

(ACRN)

Government Bill of Lading

Fund Code

Defense Fuel Supply Center to bill back fuel purchases

to the appropriate service or agency account fund

Internal Order Number

Use to indicate the requisition number

(KilLSTRlP/FEDSTRlP document) number.

Project Code

Transportation Control Number (TCN)

Transportation Account Code (TAC)

X AN 1/30

P4

TG

TH

Reference Number

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content. When REFOl is code A T, use to identify the appropriation number.

35FED860 76 April 24, 1995
Federal S60 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE • FEDl

Segment: PER Administrative Communications Contact

Position: 350

Loop: Nl

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Mai Use: >1

Purpose: To identify a person or office to wliom administrative communications should be

directed Notes: 1. Use this segment to provide communications contacts associated with the entities cited in the same Nl loop.

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required.

3 If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required.

Data Element Summary

M

Ref. Pes. PEROlData

Element

366

Name Attributes

Contact Function Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named.

Use to identify the various individuals who can be contacted regarding specific areas ofthis modification.

AC Administrative Contracting Officer

AT Material Safety Data Sheet Contact AV Advisor Use to indicate the government party who will work

with the contractor on basic R&D efforts in a

particular science area. BD Buyer Name or Department

Includes a Grants Management Specialist.

CD Contract Contact Use to indicate the Contracting Officer's Representative.

CN General Contact When NlOl is code ST, use to indicate the accepting

official at destination. HM Hazardous Material Contact PC Purchasing Contracting Officer (PCO)

Person to whom a warrant has been issued authorizing

that person to obligate funds on behalf of the government

Includes Grants/Contract project officer. PP Program Manager

QR Ordering Officer

An individual authorized to place orders against

existing contracts

35FED860 77 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Use to indicate the person placing the order. RP Responsible Person When NlOl is code C4, use to indicate the accepting

official at origin. SI Investigator

Use to indicate the party designated as the principal

investigator within the selling party's organization.

SU Supplier Contact Use to indicate a contact within the selling party's

organization.

TA Traffic Administrator

Use to indicate a transportation officer, i.e., the party

who can be contactedfor a bill oflading or

transportation information.

PER02 93 Name O AN 1/35

Free-form name.

Cite last namefirst, followed byfirst name. Ifthe whole name is longer than 25

characters, truncate or use initials for the first name. Ifnecessary, use PER09

to cite the party's title. PER03 365 Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number.

AU Defense Switched Network

Department of Defense telecommimications system and

successor of the Automatic Voice Network

(AUTOVON)

Electronic Mail

Facsimile

International Telephone

Include the country code. Telephone

Use to indicate the commercial telephone number of

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code. PER04 364 Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete commimications number including country or area code when

applicable.

PER05 365 Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number.

Use to identify a second communications numberfor the party cited in PER02.

For example, ifPER03/04 cites a telephone number, PER05/06 can be used to

cite a FAX number.

Defense Switched Network

Department of Defense telecommimications system and

successor of the Automatic Voice Network

(AUTOVON)

Electronic Mail

Telephone Extension

Use only ifPER03 is used citing either code AUor TE. Facsimile

International Telephone

Include the country code.

EM

FX

IT

TE

AU

EM

EX

FX

IT

35FED860 78 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE- FEDl

TE Telephone

Use to indicate the commercial telephone number of

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code. PER06 364 Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including country or area code when

applicable.

PER07 365 Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number.

Use to identify a third communications numberfor the party cited in PER02.

AU Defense Switched Network

Department of Defense telecommunications ^stem and

successor of the Automatic Voice Network

(AUTOVON)

EM Electronic Mail

EX Telephone Extension

y Use only ifPER05 is used citing either code AU or TE. FX Facsimile IT International Telephone

Include the country code. TE Telephone

Use to indicate the commercial telephone number of

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code. PER08 364 Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including country or area code when

applicable.

PER09 443 Contact Inquiry Reference O AN 1/20

Additional reference number or description to clarify a contact number.

Use, ifnecessary, to provide the title ofthe party cited in PER02.

35FED860 79 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Segment: TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit Time)

Position: 380

Loop: Nl

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 12 Purpose: To specify the carrier, sequence of routing and to provide transit time information Notes: 1. Use this 1/TD5/380 segment when the transportation method is the same for all of the

line items being shipped to a named entity. If the transportation method varies by line item, use the 2/TD5/240 or the 2/TD5/420 segment when the information is applicable

to a named entity.

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 At least one of TD502 TD504 TD505 TD506 or TD512 is required. 2 If TD502 is present, then TD503 is required.

3 If TD507 is present, then TD508 is required.

4 If TD510 is present, then TD51 1 is required.

1 When specifying a routing sequence to be used for the shipment movement in lieu of specifying each carrier within the movement: use TD502 to identify the party

responsible for defining the routing sequence; use TD503 to identify the actual routing sequence, specified by the party identified in TD502.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Des. TD501

TD502

Data

Element

133

66

TD503

TD504

67

91

Name Attributes

Routing Sequence Code O ID 1/2

Code describing the relationship of a carrier to a specific shipment movement.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Identification Code Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67). 10 Department of Defense Activity Address Code

(DODAAC)

When TD504 is code PL, use to indicate the DoDAAC

ofthe pipeline.

Identification Code X AN 2/20

Code identifying a party or other code. Transportation Method/Type Code X ID 1/2

Code specifying the method or type of transportation for the shipment.

1. Use any code.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codes to ASCX12 codes. D Parcel Post Use to indicate the U.S. Postal Service and not a private carrier. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X TD505 387 Routing X AN 1/35

Free-form description of the routing or requested routing for shipment, or the

35FED860 80 April 24, 1995
Federal S60 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

originating carrier's identity.

X TD506 368 Shipment/Order Status Code X ID 2/2

Code indicating the status of an order or shipment or the disposition of any

difference between the quantity ordered and the quantity shipped for a line item

or transaction. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X TD507 309 Location Qualifier O ID 1/2

Code identifying type of location. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionaiy for acceptable code values. X TD508 310 Location Identifier X AN 1/30

Code which identifies a specific location. X TD509 731 Transit Direction Code O ID 2/2

The point of origin and point of direction. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X TD510 732 Transit Time Direction Qualifier O ID 2/2

Code specifying the value of time used to measure the transit time. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X TD511 733 Transit Time X R 1/4

The numeric amount of transit time. TD512 284 Service Level Code X ID 2/2

Code defining service Use any code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionaiy for acceptable code values.

35FED860 81 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE • FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling or Hazardous Materials or Both)

400

Nl

Heading

Optional

5To specify transportation special handling requirements or hazardous materials

information or both

1. Use this 1/TD4/400 segment to identify special handling or hazardous material

information that is the same for all tlie line items applicable to a named entity. If this information varies by line item, use the 2/TD4/260 segment or the 2/TD4/440 segment

if the information is applicable to a named entity.

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 At least one of TD40 1 TD402 or TD404 is required. 2 If TD402 is present, then TD403 is required.

Ref. Pes. TD401Data

Element

152

TD402

TD403

TD404

Data Element Summary

Name

Special Handling Code

Code specifying special transportation handling instructions. Any code may be used but the listed codes are preferred.

Attributes

YD 2/3

AMM A.M. Delivery Requirement

DA Dangerous

EP Expedite BIX Explosive Flammable Gas

FG Flammable Gas

FL Flammable

FP Flammable Poison Gas

HM Endorsed as Hazardous Material

LT Less Than Full Carload

LTT Less Than Truckload

NC Notify Consignee Before Delivery

PG Poisonous Gas PMM

PMM Delivery Requirement

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 208 Hazardous Material Code Qualifier X H) 1/1

Code which qualifies the Hazardous Material Class Code (209).

Use any code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 209 Hazardous Material Class Code X AN 2/4

Code specifying the kind of hazard for a material. 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content. Use offree form text is discouraged ifthe information can be provided by some

other means within the transaction set.

35FED860 82 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: PKG Marking, Packaging, Loading

Position: 410

Loop: Nl

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Mai Use: 200

Purpose: To describe marking, packaging, loading and unloading requirements. Notes: 1. Use this l/PKG/410 segment when the packaging requirements are the same for all of

the line items to be delivered to a named entity. If the packaging requirements vary by

line item, use the 2/PKG/080 segment or the 2/PKG/450 segment if the packaging

requirements are applicable to a named entity.

2. Packaging information such as the number of items in a unit container, the nimiber of

imit containers in an intermediate container; and the gross weight, cube, and dimensions

of a unit or an intermediate container is carried in the 2/PO4/090 segment.

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

3. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 At least one of PKG04 PKG05 or PKG06 is required.

2 If PKG04 is present, then PKG03 is required.

3 If PKG05 is present, then PKGOl is required.

1 PKG04 should be used for industry-specific packaging description codes.

1 Use MEA (Measurements) segment to define dimensions, tolerances weights,

counts, physical restrictions, etc. 2 If PKGO 1 - F", then PKG05 is used. If PKGO 1 = " S", then PKG04 is used. If PKGOl = "X", then both PKG04 and PKG05 are used. 3 Use PKG03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list being referred

to. 4 Special marking or tagging data can be given in PKG05 (Description).

Ref. Pes- PKGOl

Data

Element

349

PKG02 753

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Item Description Type ID 1/1 Code indicating the format of a description.

F Free-fonn

S Structured (From Industry Code List)

X Semi-structured (Code and Text)

Packaging Characteristic Code O ID 1/5

Code specifying the marking, packaging, loading and related characteristics being described. Use the listed codes to identify applicable packaging requirements.

CD Cleaning or Drying Procedure

CT Cusliioning Thickness

CUD Cushioning and Dunnage

HM Hazardous Material

IC Intermediate Container

LP Level Of Preservation

OPI Optional Procedure Indicator

PK Packing

35FED860 83 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

When the packing code associated with Packaging

Characteristic Code PK is a three position code; the

first position signifies Level A packingfor Overseas

shipments via surface; the secondposition signifies

Level B packingfor Overseas shipments viafreight

forwarder, APO/FPO, or air; the thirdposition

signifies Level C packingfor domestic shipments. When

standard commercial packaging perASTMD 3951 is acceptable, cite MILSTD 2073-2C code Xin PKG04.

PM Preservation Method

PML Preservation Material

SMK Special Marking

UC Unit Container

UCL Unit Container Level

WM Wrapping Material

PKG03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values. DF Department of Defense (DoD)

GS General Services Administration (GSA)

Responsible for Federal Specification

ZZ Mutually Defined

Use to indicate afederal activity other than DoD or GSA. Data maintenance has been submitted toASC

XI 2. Ifapproved, a code for Federal Government will be available in the ASCX12 Version/Release 3060.

PKG04 754 Packaging Description Code X AN 1/7

A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about the marking, packaging or loading and unloading of a product.

L The actual codes associated with the packaging characteristic codes cited in PKG02 can be found in Code Source List 197 (MIL-STD-2073-2C).

2. When the contractor is to select the appropriate requirement or method

associated with a packaging characteristic code, insert "Y", or "YY" (dependent on the number ofpositions in the code).

3. Insert "Z" or "ZZ" (dependent on the number ofpositions in the code) to indicate that supplementary or special requirements apply to a packaging

characteristic which are not represented by a code listed in MIL-STD- 2073-

2C. Use PKG05 to provide supplementary or special requirements.

4. When the requirement associated with a packaging characteristic code is included as part ofthe requirements definedfor the preservation method code,

insert either "X" or "XX" (dependent on the number ofpositions in the code).

5. Whenever a code used in PKG04 requires an explanation or additional

information, provide it in PKG05.

PKG05 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content.

1. Use to provide Supplemental Instructions or Special Packaging Instructions. Ifthe information to be provided exceeds the maximum length ofthis data

element, provide the information in the N9 loop, using code KD in N901.

35FED860 84 April 24, 1995
Federal S60 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

2. Use offree form text is discouraged ifthe information can be provided by some other means within the transaction set. X PKG06 400 Unit Load Option Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying loading or unloading a shipment

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED860 85 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

LM Code Source Information

420

LM

Heading

Optional

1To transmit standard code list identification information

Use this l/LM/420 loop to provide Contract Administration data that is applicable to all of the line items that cannot be provided by other means within the transaction set. If the data varies by line item, use the 2/LM/610 loop.

1 LM02 identifies the applicable industry code list source information.

Ref. Pes. M LMOl

LM02

Data

Element

559

822

Data Element Summary

Name

Agency Qualifier Code

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values. DF Department of Defense (DoD)

Source Subqualifier

Attributes

M ID 2/2

O AN 1/15

A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier.

35FED860 86 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: LQ Industry Code

Position: 430

Loop: LM

Level: Heading

Usage: Mandatoiy

Mai Use: >1

Purpose: Code to transmit standard industry codes

Notes: Syntax Notes: 1 If LQOl is present, then LQ02 is required.

Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Des. Element Name Attributes

LQOl 1270 Code List Qualifier Code O D) 1/3

Code identifying a specific industry code list 6 Special Contract Provision Code

Certain contract clauses and provisions that require

special attention Use to indicate special clauses/provisions.

9 Indicator Code

A specific condition applies to the contract Use to indicate Contract Administration Limitations

applicable to the modification.

A9 Supplementary Address

Identifies the originating organization's imique logistics

information

LQOl 1271 Industry Code X AN 1/20

Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list

35FED860 87 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: SPI Specification Identifler

Position: 440

Loop: SPI

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1 Purpose: To provide a description of the included specification or technical data items. Notes: 1. This loop is used to carry the security infonnation which is normally provided in the Department of Defense Contract Security Classification Specification (DD Form 254). All data contained in this loop is applicable to the DD Form 254.

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 If either SPI02 or SPI03 is present, then the other is required.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Pes. M SPIOlData

Element

786

SPI02 128

X

X

SPI03

SPI04

SPI05

SPI06

SPI07

127

790

791

792

353

Name Attributes

Security Level Code M ID 2/2

Code indicating the level of confidentiality assigned by the sender to the infonnation following.

Use to identify the highest level ofsafeguarding requiredfor the data

associated with the award instrument. 92 Government Confidential

93 Government Secret 94 Government Top Secret Reference Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

Use to identify the procurement instrument applicable to the Contract Security

Classification Specification.

CT Contract Number

Reference Number X AN 1/30

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

Entity Title O AN 1/132

Title of the data entity.

Entity Purpose O AN 1/80

The reason for the existence of the data item specified by the electronic data

item independent of its presence in an EDI transaction. Entity Status Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating the current status of the data item specified by the electronic data item. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Transaction Set Purpose Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying purpose of transaction set. Use to identify the type ofContract Security Classification Specification being

issued. 00 Original

35FED860 88 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

X

X

X

04 Change

Use to identify a revised Contract Security

Classification Specification.

20 Final Transmission Use to indicate a final Contract Security Classification

Specification.

SPI08 755 Report Type Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating the title or contents of a document, report or supporting item

SF Contract Security Classification Specification

SPI09 786 Security Level Code O ED 2/2

Code indicating the level of confidentiality assigned by the sender to the information following.

Use to identify the facility clearance level requiredfor the award instrument.

92 Government Confidential

93 Government Secret 94 Government Top Secret SPIIO 559 Agency Qualifier Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. SPIll 822 Source Subqualifier O AN 1/15

A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier.

SPI12 554 Assigned Number O NO 1/6

Number assigned for differentiation within a transaction set. SPI13 1322 Certification Type Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating the type of certification Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. SPI14 1401 Proposal Data Detail Identifier Code O ID 1/3

Code identifying the basis of a cited value in a proposal.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED860 89 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Segment: Reference Numbers

Position: 450

Loop: SPI

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 5 Purpose: To specify identifying numbers.

Notes: 1. Use to identify reference numbers applicable to the Contract Security Classification

'

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.

Semantic Notes: Comments:

Specification.

Data Element Summary

M

Ref. Pes. REFOlData

Element

128

Name

Reference Number Qualifier

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

Attributes

M ID 2/2

3X Subcontract Number

YB Revision Number

When SPI07 is code 04, use to indicate the revision

number ofthe Contract Security Classification

Specification.

X

REF02

REF03 352

127 Reference Number X AN 1/30

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content.

35FED860 90 April 24. 199S
Federal S60 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Mai Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

DTM Date/Time Reference

460

SPI

Heading

Optional

5To specify pertinent dates and times

1. Use to identify date applicable to tlie Contract Security Classification Specification.

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM06 is required. 2 If either DTM06 or DTM07 is present, then the other is required.

M

Ref. Pes. DTMOlData

Element

374

X

DTM02

DTM03

373

337

DTM04 623

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Date/Time Qualifier M ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time. 036

165

171

334

703

Date

Date (YYMMDD)

Time

Expiration Date coverage expires

When SPI02 is code CT, use to indicate the expiration

date ofthe award instrument.

Final Issue When SPI07 is code 20, use to indicate the date ofthe final Contract Security Classification Specification.

Revision

When SPI07 is code 04, use to indicate the date ofthe revised Contract Security Classification Specification.

Re-evaluation Date The date on which the student's placement in special

education or other programs will be re-assessed Use to indicate the biennial review date ofthe Contract

Security Classification Specification.

Original Transaction

When SP107 is code 00, use to indicate the date ofthe original Contract Security Classification Specification.

X DT 6/6

X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Time Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards

Organization standard 8601, time can be specified by a + or - and an indication

in hours in relation to Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) time. Siqce + is a

restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the code^ that follow.

35FED860 91 AprU24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE- FEDl

DTM05

X DTM06

X DTM07

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 624 Century O NO 2/2

The first two characters in the designation of the year (CCYY).

1250 Date Time Period Format Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 1251 Date Time Period X AN 1/35

Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times.

35FED860 92 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: MSG Message Text

Position: 470

Loop: SPI

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Mai Use: 50

Purpose: To provide a free form format tliat would allow the transmission of text information. Notes: 1. Use to provide information applicable to the Contract Security Classification

Specification, e.g., a general identification of the award, modification or security

guidance in clear text.

2. Use of free form text is discouraged if the information can be provided by some other means within the transaction set.

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

3. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 MSG02 is not related to the specific characteristics of a printer, but identifies top of

page, advance a line, etc.

M

X

Ref.

Pes. MSGOl

MSG02

Data

Element

933

934

Data Element Summary

Name

Free-Form Message Text

Free-form message text. Printer Carriage Control Code O ID

A field to be used for the control of the line feed of the receiving printer.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Attributes

M AN 1/264

2/2

35FED860 93 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE- FED1

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Nl Name

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

480

Nl

Heading

Optional

1To identify a party by type of organization, name and code

1. Whenever possible. Identification and address information should be provided using

NlOl, N103 and N104. Use N102 and segment N2 through N4 when this information cannot be provided using one of the codes listed in N103.

2. The addresses cited in this loop are applicable to the Contract Seciuity Classification

Specification.

3. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, tlien the other is required.

1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing

organizational identification. To obtain this efilciency the "ID Code" (N104) must

provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party. 2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in NlOl.

Data Element Summary

M

Ref. Pes. NlOlData

Element Name Attributes

98 Entity Identifier Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, or an individual

28

61

B2

C4

Kl

K2

K3

Subcontractor

Performed At

The facility where work was performed

Use to indicate the actual place ofperformance.

Other Unlisted Type of Organizational Entity

An organization, e.g., a business, the description of

which cannot be accomplished using the existing code

list and for which the trading partners have not mutually agreed to a definition for it Use to indicate an unlisted entity to whom distribution ofthe Contract Security Classification Specification is to be made.

Contract Administration Office

Established at either a contractor facility or in a

geographic area, and responsible for administering on

behalf of the buying activities that assigned contracts

for administration and all contracts awarded to either the specific contractor or all contractors in the geographic area Contractor Cognizant Security Office

Subcontractor Cognizant Security Office

Place of Performance Cognizant Security Office

35FED860 94 AprU 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Mcxlificaticws to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

K4 Party Authorizing Release of Security Information

K5 Party To Receive Contract Security Classification Specification

KG Project Manager

The address of the person responsible for the management of a designated project Use to indicate the party responsible for a project to include the advisor under a Grant. KI United States Overseas Seciirity Administration Office

LI Inspection Location

Place where the item was viewed or inspected

01 Outside Inspection Agency

Use to indicate another entity that has inspection

responsibilities.

PG Prime Contractor PV Party performing certification N102 93 Name X AN 1/35

Free-form name. N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67). While the Federal EDI program uses the DUNs number, other government

users ofthis implementation convention may require the use ofother and

additional numbersfor a transition period in order to cross reference existing

data bases to new procurement actions

1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet Use ofthe DUA^s number is preferred over other codes

to identify) a named party.

10 Department of Defense Activity Address Code

(DODAAC)

Use to indicate a Department ofDefense or a Civilian Agency Activity Address Code.

33 Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE)

ZC Contractor Establishment Code

N104 67 Identification Code X AN 2/20

Code identifying a party or other code. N105 706 Entity Relationship Code O ID 2/2

Code describing entity relationship.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. N106 98 Entity Identifier Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying an organizational entit>', a physical location, or an individual

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED860 95 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Segment: N2 Additional Name Information

Position: 490

Loop: Nl

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify additional names or those longer than 35 characters in length Notes: 1. This segment is not necessary when the entity cited in NlOl is described using a code

in N103/N104.

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

M

Ref. Pes. N201

N202

Data

Element

93

93

Data Element Summary

Name

Name

Free-form name. Name

Free-form name.

Attributes

M AN 1/35

O AN 1/35

35FED860 96 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: N3 Address Information

Position: 500

Loop: Nl

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify the location of the named party Notes: 1. This segment is not necessary when the entity cited in NIG 1 is described using a code

in N103/N104.

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data fi-om, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

M

Ref.

Pes. N301

N302

Data Element Summary

Data

Element

166

166

Name

Address Information

Address information

Address Information

Address information

Attributes

M AN 1/35

O AN 1/35

35FED860 97 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: N4 Geographic Location

Position: 510

Loop: Nl

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Notes: 1. This segment is not necessary when the entity cited in NlOlis described using a code

inN103/N104.

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 If N406 is present, then N405 is required.

1 A combination of either N40 1 through N404 (or N405 and N406) may be adequate

to specily a location. 2 N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the USA or Canada.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Pes. N401

N402

N403

N404

N405

N406

Data

Element

19

156

116

26

309

310

Name Attributes

City Name O AN 2/30

Free-form text for city name.

State or Province Code O ID 2/2

Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government agency. Postal Code O ID 3/11

Code defining international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks

(zip code for United States). Country Code O ID 2/3

Code identifying the country.

Location Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code identifying type of location. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Location Identifier O AN 1/30

Code which identifies a specific location. When N405 is code AR, cite the two letter APO or FPO identifier (AA for

Miami, AEfor New York, APfor San Francisco).

35FED860 98 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: G61 Contact

Position: 530

Loop: Nl

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a perFon or office to whom communications should be directed Notes: 1. Use this 1/G61/530 segment to provide names associated with addresses cited in the Nl segment

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 If either G6103 or G6104 is present, then the other is required.

1 G6103 qualifies G6104.

Data Element Summary

M

M

Ref.

Pes. G6101

G6102

Data

Element

366

93

G6103 365

G6104

G€10S

364

443

Name Attributes

Contact Function Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named.

CE Certifier PP Program Manager

Name M AN 1/35

Free-form name.

Cite last namefirst, followed byfirst name. Ifthe whole name is longer than 35

characters, truncate or use initialsfor the first name. Ifnecessary, use G6105

to cite the party's title. Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number.

AU Defense Switched Network

Department of Defense telecommunications system and

successor of the Automatic Voice Network

(AUTOVON)

EM Electronic Mail

FX Facsimile

TE Telephone

Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including country or area code when

applicable.

Contact Inquiry Reference O AN 1/20

Additional reference number or description to clarify a contact number. Use to provide the title or the office symbol ofthe party cited in G6102.

35FED860 99 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

MSG Message Text

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

540

Nl

Heading

Optional

50

To provide a free form format that would allow the transmission of text information.

1. Use this segment to provide a plain text information applicable to the entity cited in the preceding Nl segment.

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

3. Use of free form text is discouraged if the information can be provided by some other means within the transaction set.

1 MSG02 is not related to the specific characteristics of a printer, but identifies top of

page, advance a line, etc.

M

X

Ref. Pes. MSGOl

MSG02

Data Element Summary

Data

Element

933

934

Name Attributes

Free-Form Message Text M AN 1/264

Free-form message text. Printer Carriage Control Code O ID

A field to be used for the control of the line feed of the receiving printer.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

2/2

35FED860 100 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Segment: CBl Contract and Cost Accounting Standards Data

Position: 550

Loop: CBl

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Mai Use: 1 Purpose: To specify coniract and cost accounting standards data Notes: 1. Use this segment to identify the access required to specific data and information in the performance of the contract and to indicate the actions required of and authorizations

provided to the contractor under the award instrument.

2. Use this segment only if tlie modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Pes. Element

M CBlOl 1309

Name Attributes

Acquisition Data Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying acquisition data 18 Access to Communications Security Information

Required

19 Access to Communication Security Information Not

Required

20 Access to Restricted Data Required

21 Access to Restricted Data Not Required

22 Access to Critical Nuclear Weapon Design Information

Required

23 Access to Critical Nuclear Weapon Design Information

Not Required

24 Access to Formerly Restricted Data Required

25 Access to Formerly Restricted Data Not Required

26 Access to Sensitive Compartmented Information

Required

27 Access to Sensitive Compartmented Information Not

Required

28 Access to Non-sensitive Compartmented Information

Required

29 Access to Non-sensitive Compartmented Information

Not Required

30 Access to Special Access Information Required

31 Access to Special Access Information Not Required

32 Access to North Atlantic Treaty Organization

Information Required

33 Access to North Atlantic Treaty Organization

Information Not Required

34 Access to Foreign Government Information Required

35 Access to Foreign Government Information Not

Required

35FED860 101 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE . FEDl

36 Access to Limited Dissemination Information Required

37 Access to Limited Dissemination Information Not

Required

38 Access to For Official Use Only Information Required

39 Access to For Official Use Only Information Not

Required

40 Access to Other Type of Information Required

4 1 Access to Other Type of Information Not Required

42 Contractor Will Have Access to United States Classified Information at another Contractor's Facility or a Government Activity

43 Contractor Will Not Have Access to United States Classified Information at another Contractor's Facility or a Government Activity

44 Contractor Will Receive Classified Documents Only

45 Contractor Will Not Receive Classified Documents

Only

46 Contractor Will Receive or Generate Classified Material

47 Contractor Will Not Receive or Generate Classified Material

48 Contractor Will Fabricate, Modily, or Store Classified Hardware

49 Contractor Will Not Fabricate, Modify, or Store

Classified Hardware

50 Contractor Will Perform Services Only

5 1 Contractor Will Not Perform Services Only

52 Contractor Will Have Access to United States Classified Information outside the United States, Puerto

Rico, United States Possessions and Trust Territories 53 Contractor Will Not Have Access to United States

Classified Information outside the United States, Puerto

Rico, United States Possessions and Trust Territories 54 Contractor Will Be Authorized to use the Services of

Defense Technical Information Center or other

Secondary Distribution Center

55 Contractor Will Not Be Authorized to use the Services

of Defense Technical Information Center or other Secondary Distribution Center 56 Contractor Will Require a Communications Security

Account

57 Contractor Will Not Require a Communications

Security Account

58 Contractor Will Have Tempest Requirements

59 Contractor Will Not Have Tempest Requirements

60 Contractor Will Have Operations Security

Requirements

61 Contractor Will Not Have Operations Security

Requirements

62 Contractor Will Be Authorized to use the Defense

Coiuier Service

63 Contractor Will Not Be Authorized to use the Defense

35FED860 102 April 24, 1995
Federal S60 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Courier Service

64 Contractor Will Have some other Authorization in the

r^criuniidiicc oi iiic i^unintci 65 C*ontr;ictor Will Not H?ive ^ome other AiithoriTAtion in the Performance of the Contract 66 Facility Clearance Required

67 Facility Clearance Not Required

68 Follow-on Contract 69 Not a Follow-on Contract 70 Final Contract Security Classification Specification

71 Not a Final Contract Security Classification Specification

72 Direct Public Release Authorized

73 Direct Public Release Not Authorized

74 Additional Materials being Forwarded

75 No Additional Materials being Forwarded

76 rVUUlUUllal X\Ct|Uli ClltClllo IJOUtUlldliCU

1Additional Requirements Not Established

78 Elements of the Contract are outside the Inspection

Responsibility of the Cogmzant Security Office

79 No Element of the Contract Is Outside the Inspection

Responsibility of the Cognizant Security Office

80 Contractor Distribution Required

81 Contractor Distribution Not Required

82 Siihcnntractor Di'ifrihiition Reniiired 91OJ Subcontractor Distribution Not Required

84 Cogmzant Secunty Office for Pnme and Subcontractor

Distribution Required

85 Cognizant Security Office for Prime and Subcontractor

Distribution Not Required

86 United States Activity Responsible for Overseas

Security Administration Distribution Required

87 United States Activity Responsible for Overseas

Security Administration Distribution Not Required

88 Adimmstrative Contracting Office Distribution

Kequirea

89 Administrative Contracting Office Distribution Not

Required

90 Other Distribution Required

91 Other Distribution Not Required

X CB102 1310 Financing Type Code O ID 1/1

Code identifying the type of contract financing required by the submitter of a

pricing proposal

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED860 103 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: REF Reference Numbers

Position: 560

Loop: CBl

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 20

Purpose: To specify identiiying numbers.

Notes: 1. Use this l/REF/560 segment to provide reference nmnbers associated with access information contained in the Contract Security Classification Specification (DD Form

254).

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.

M

Ref. Pes. REFOl

Data

Element

128

REF02

REF03

127

352

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Reference Number Qualifier M ID 2/2

Code qualifying tlie Reference Number.

43 Supporting Document Number

Supports or clarifies information and values

represented in a document

Use to indicate a reference (paragraph number or

section) that contains additional information

applicable to the DD Form 254. Cite the reference in REFOl and identify the document in REF03.

KL Contract Reference Use to indicate a reference (paragraph number or

section) that contains additional security requirements

or unique inspection requirements.

KU Office Symbol

A number assigned for reference to a specific office within an organization

When CBl 01 is code 90, use to indicate the office symbol to which additional distribution ofthe Contract

Security Classification Specification (DD Form 254) is required.

PI Previous Contract Number

When CBl 01 is code 68, use to indicate the preceding

procurement instrument under which classified data was received or generated.

Reference Number X AN 1/30

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content.

1. When REFOl is code 43, use to identify the document that contains the paragraph number or section where the applicable information is located.

35FED860 104 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE • FEDl

2. Use offree form text is discouraged ifthe information can be provided by some other means within the transaction set.

35FED860 105 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE • FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

DTM Date/Time Reference

570

CBl

Heading

Optional

5To specify pertinent dates and times

Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM06 is required. 2 If either DTM06 or DTM07 is present, then the other is required.

M

Ref. Pes. DTMOlData

Element

374

DTM02

DTM03

373

337

DTM04 623

X

DTM05

DTM06

DTM07

624

1250

1251

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Date/Time Qualifier M D) 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time. Date Requested

When CBl 01 is code 70, use to indicate the date ofa

contractor's request to retain classified information.

X DT 6/6

992

Date

Date (YYMMDD).

Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59),

S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Time Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards

Organization standard 8601, time can be specified by a ^ or - and an indication

in hours in relation to Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) time. Since + is a

restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the codes that follow. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Century O NO 2/2

The first two characters in the designation of the year (CCYY).

Date Time Period Format Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Date Time Period X AN 1/35

Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times.

35FED860 106 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Mai Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

LDT Lead Time

580

CBl

Heading

Optional

1To specily lead time for availability of products and services. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 LDT04 is the effective date of lead time information.

1 LDT02 is the quantity of Unit of Time Periods.

M

M

M

Ref. Pes. LDTOl

LDT02

LDT03

LDT04

Data

Element

345

380

344

373

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Lead Time Code M ID 2/2

Code indicating the time range. BA From Date of Award to Expiration Date of

Authorization Use to indicate the authorized periodfor a contractor

to retain classified materials. Quantity M R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity.

Unit of Time Period or Interval M ID 2/2

Code indicating the time period or interval CY

DA

MO

WK

Date

Date (YYMMDD).

Calendar Year

Calendar Days

Month

Weeks

O DT 6/6

35FED860 107 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE • FEDl

Segment: Message Text

Position: 590

Loop: CBl

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 50

Purpose: To provide a free form format that would allow the transmission of text information. Notes: 1. When CBlOl is code, 74, 76, or 78, use to provide additional clear text information.

3. Use of free form text is discouraged if the information can be provided by some other means within the transaction set. Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 MSG02 is not related to the specific characteristics of a printer, but identifies top of

page, advance a line, etc.

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

Data Element Summary

M

Ref.

Pes. MSGOl

Data

Element

933 Free-Form Message Text M AN

Free-form message text. Printer Carriage Control Code O ID

A field to be used for the control of the line feed of the receiving printer.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Name Attributes

1/264

X MSG02 934 2/2

35FED860 108 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 • Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

POC

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

Line Item Change

010

POC

Detail

Optional

1To specify changes to a line item

1. Use this POC loop to identify all change information applicable to the item or service within the POC loop.

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 If POC03 is present, then both POC04 and POC05 are required. 2 If POC07 is present, then POC06 is required.

3 If either POC08 or POC09 is present, then the other is required.

4 If either POCIO or POCl 1 is present, then the other is required.

5 If either POC12 or POC 13 is present, then the other is required.

6 If either P0C14 or P0C15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either P0C16 or P0C17 is present, then the other is required.

8 If either POC 1 8 or POC 19 is present, then the other is required.

9 If either POC20 or P0C2 1 is present, then the other is required.

10 If either POC22 or POC23 is present, then the other is required.

11 If either POC24 or POC25 is present, then the other is required.

12 If either POC26 or POC27 is present, then the other is required.

1 POCOl is the purchase order line item identification.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Pes. POCOlData

Element

350

M POC02 670

Name Attributes

Assigned Identification O AN 1/11

Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set.

1. Use to specify the Contract Line Item Number (CLIN), the Sub Contract Line

Item Number (SUBCLIN), or the Exhibit Line Item Number (ELIN), ifone is assigned. For Army PADDS users only, use also to identify SUBCLIN with

concatenated Relationship Code, for example, 000IAC003; and SUBCLIN with

concatenated Relationship Code and Delivery Relationship Code (last two

characters), for example, 0001AC00202.

2. When a line item is being modified, the same number as cited in the 850

transaction set, applicable to the line item being modified, must be cited in POCOL

Change or Response Type Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying the type of change to the line item. Use to identify the type ofchanges this modification makes to table 2 ofthe procurement instrument to which this modification applies.

AI Add Additional Item(s)

Use only when the modification action requires the addition ofa line item identified in POCOl.

CA Changes To Line Items Use only when the code AI or DI do not apply. When

used, the entire POC loop must be transmitted

35FED860 109 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instmment RELEASE- FED1

DI

containing ALL information applicable, as ofthe modification date, to the line item identified in POCOl

Delete Iteni(s) Use only when the modification action requires the

deletion ofa line item identified in POCOL

POC03 330 Quantity Ordered O R 1/9

Quantity ordered. L Use to specify the quantity applicable to the line item. Step ladder quantities

applicable to requirements and indefinite quantity type award instruments and

the related prices are to be carried in the 2/CTP/040 segment.

2. Do not use this data element at the CUMlevel ifquantities are specified at

the SUBCUN level. POC04 671 Quantity Left to Receive X R 1/9

Quantity left to receive as qualified by the unit of measure. Use to identify the balance ofthe quantity to be received. POC05 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken

7. Use any code.

2. A conversion table may be required to convert agency codes to ASCX12

codes.

3. Do not use this data element at the CLIN level ifquantities are specified at

the SUBCUN level.

SX Shipment

Use when POCOl is a CLINfor transportation charges.

22 Mutually Defined

Use to indicate a Job or Task. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. POC06 212 Unit Price X R 1/17

Price per unit of product, service, commodity, etc. When POC07 is either code NC, NS, or TB, enter the number 0. POC07 639 Basisof Unit Price Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of unit price for an item. ES Estimated

FB Fabrication Cost Use to indicate the price includes the incorporation of

GFE, GFM. or GFP.

KA Price with Government Furnished Property

Use to indicate the price ofthe items includes the use ofGFP, GFE, or GFMto manufacture the item. NC No Charge

NE Not to Exceed

NS Not Separately Priced

Use to indicate the item is not separately priced but is included in the price ofthe item to which it pertains.

TB To be negotiated.

35FED860 110 April 24. 1995
Fedml 860 - Modifications to Award Instniment RELEASE - FEDl

POC08 235 Product/Service ro Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234).

1. POC08 through POC27 are used in pairs, e.g., POC08 contains a qualifier

code and POC09 contains data related to the code. All qualifier codes that can

be usedfor these POCpairs are listed in POC08.

2. Any code can be used, but the listed codes are preferred.

AS Exhibit Line Item Number

AK Refined Product Code

CG Commodity Grouping

Use to indicate a commodity code. CH Country ofOrigin Code

CL Color

CN Commodity Name

EFExhibit Identifier Use to indicate the letter assigned to an exhibit. F7 End-Item Description

Use to indicate the end item to which the ordered item applies.

F8 Next Higher UsedAssembly

Use to indicate the next higher assembly to which the ordered item applies.

FS National Stock Number

The NSN shall be transmitted without dashes. FT Federal Supply Classification IN Buyer's Item Number

Use to indicate a locally assigned code for a product or service whenever stock

number does not apply.

KA Engineering Data List Use to indicate the Engineering Data List that contains technical information

related to the CUN or SUBCLIN

KB Data Category Code

When POlOl is a CLIN or SUBCLIN related to an exhibit, use to indicate the data category ofa Contract Data Requirements List. KD Replacement National Stock Number

KF Item Type Number

KG Time Compliant Technical Order

KI Cognizance Symbol

KJ Material Control Code

KK Special Material Identification Code

KL Item Management Code

KM ShelfLife Code

KN ShelfLife Action Code

LT Lot Number

MF Manufacturer

When used, cite the DUNS number ofthe manufacturer in the following data

element. MG Manufacturer's Part Number

When used, a second 225/224 pair must be used citing either code MFor ZB. MN Model Number

Nl National Drug Code in 4-4-2 Format

N2 National Drug Code in 5-2-2 Format

N2 National Drug Code in 5-4-1 Format

N4 National Drug Code in 5-4-2- Format

ND National Drug Code (NDC)

35FED860 111 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

PD Part Number Description

Use to indicate a clear text description ofan item that cannot be identified by a

number, e.g., transportation.

PU Part Reference Number

Use to indicate a part number assigned by an industry (not related to a specific

manufacturer). Do not use for National Drug Codes.

RC Returnable Container No. Use to indicate an NSN, manufacturer's part number, or other identifying

number (except a serial number) ofa returnable container. The serial number

ofa returnable container will be carried in the REF segment with code RS. SN Serial Number

Use to indicate the serial number ofthe item cited in POIOI. For example, the

serial number ofan aircraft engine that is to be repaired.

SV Service Rendered

Use to indicate (in text) the service being ordered. SW Stock Number

Use to indicate a local stock number.

SZ Vendor Alphanumeric Size Code (NRMA)

Use to indicate the size ofan item being ordered. UK U.P.C./EAN Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1)

VP Vendor's (Seller's) Part Number

Use to indicate a part number assigned by a contractor other than a

manufacturer.

ZB Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE) Code

Use to indicate a manufacturer who can be identified by a CAGE code.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. POC09 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service. POCIO 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234).

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. POCll 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service. P0C12 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234).

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. P0C13 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service. P0C14 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying tlie type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234).

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. P0C15 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service. P0C16 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234).

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED860 112 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

P0C17 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service. P0C18 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234).

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. P0C19 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying nimiber for a product or service. POC20 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234).

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. P0C21 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service. POC22 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234).

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. POC23 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service. POC24 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234).

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. POC25 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service. POC26 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234).

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. POC27 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service.

35FED860 113 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Segment: CNl Contract Information

Position: 025

Loop: POC

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic data about the contract or contract line item Notes: 1. Use this 2/CN1/025 segment to indicate the type of pricing arrangement that is applicable to a specific line item if it differs from the pricing arrangement applicable to the entire award instrument. BCH12 specifies the pricing arrangement applicable to the

entire award instrument. BCH12 and the 2/CN1/025 segment can both be included in the transaction set if needed.

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 CN102 is contract amount.

2 CN103 is the allowance or charge percent.

3 CN104 is the contract code. 4 CN106 is an additional identifying number for the contract. Comments:

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Pes. Element Name Attributes

M CNlOl 1166 Contract Type Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying a contract type

CA Cost Plus Incentive Fee (With Performance Incentives)

CB Cost Plus Incentive Fee (Without Performance

Incentives)

CH Cost Sharing

CS Cost CW Cost Plus Award Fee CX Cost Plus Fixed Fee FB Fixed Price Incentive Firm Target (With Performance

Incentive)

PC Fixed Price Incentive Firm Target (Without

Performance Incentive)

FD Fi.xed Price Redetermination Use to indicate a prospective fixedprice

redetermination award line item. FF Fixed Price Incentive Successive Target (With

Perfonnance Incentive)

FG Fixed Price Incentive Successive Target (Without

Performance Incentive)

FH Fixed Price Award Fee FJ Fi.xed Price Level of Effort FK No Cost FR Firm Fixed Price

FX Fixed Price with Economic Price Adjustment

35FED860 114 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modificati<»s to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

LH Labor Hours

TM Time and Materials

ZZ Mutually Defined Use to indicate a retroactive fixedprice

redetermination award line item. X CN102 782 Monetary Amount O R 1/15

Monetary amoimt.

X CN103 332 Percent O R 1/6 Percent expressed as a percent

X CN104 127 Reference Number O AN 1/30

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

X CN105 338 Terms Discount Percent O R 1/6

Terms discount percentage, expressed as a percent, available to the purchaser if an invoice is paid on or before the Terms Discount Due Date. X CN106 799 Version Identifier O AN 1/30

Revision level of a particular format, program, technique or algorithm.

35FED860 115 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instniment RELEASE -FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

P03 Additional Item Detail

030

POC

Detail

Optional

25

To specify additional item related data involving variations in normal price/quantity

structure.

1. Use this 2/PO3/030 segment to provide additional information applicable to the CLIN, SUBCLIN, or ELIN specified in POCO 1

.

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 If PO304 is present, then at least one of PO303 or PO305 is required.

1 Some examples of price/quantity variations are: price in different imits from the POl segment, price changes by date, or price changes by quantity (break and level). 2 PO307 defines the unit of measure for PO306.

M

Ref. Pes. PO301Data

Element

371

X

X

X

X

M

M

PO302

PO303

PO304

PO305

PO306

PO307

373

236

212

639

380

355

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Change Reason Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying the reason for price or quantity change.

AQ Alternate Quantity and Unit of Measure

Use to indicate that the CUN, SUBCUN, or EUNhas

an alternate quantity and unit ofmeasure (e.g., POC03/P0C05 could cite 10,000 LB and PO206/07

could cite 10 SH. Both quantities and units ofmeasure

are applicable to the item being purchased - steel

plates).

EV Estimated Quantity

Use to indicate the quantityfor the CUN, SUBCLIN,

or ELIN cited in POCOl is an estimate.O DT 6/6

ID 3/3

1/17

Date

Date (YYMMDD).

Price Identifier Code

Code identifying pricing specification.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionaiy for acceptable code values. Unit Price O R

Price per unit of product, service, commodity, etc. Basis of Unit Price Code X ID

Code identifying the type of unit price for an item. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Quantity M R

Numeric value of quantity.

Due to the mandatory nature ifthis data element, when PO301 is code EV,

repeat the quantity cited in POC03.

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken

2/2

1/15

35FED860 116 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 • Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

1. Use any code.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codes toASCXn codes.

3. Due to the mandatory nature ofthis data element, when PO301 is code EV,

repeat the unit ofmeasure cited in POC05.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content. X PO308 352 Description O AN 1/80

35FED860 117 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: CTP Pricing Information

Position: 040

Loop: POC

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: >1

Purpose: To specify pricing information Notes: 1. Use this segment to specify various prices for the CLIN, SUBCLIN, or ELIN cited in POCOl for a basic award instrument, e.g., requirements, indefinite quantity etc. These

include prices for step ladder quantities; for different packaging requirements, i.e., level A, B, or C Preservation or Packing; or for delivery to various geographic locations

(zones).

2. Example of step ladder quantity prices for quantities 1-10, 1 1-20, 21-30, and 31-50:

CTP**PBQ**l*EAn/l

CTP**ICL*25.00*10*EA n/1 CTP**ICL*24.50*20*EA n/1 CTP**ICL*23.50*30*EA n/1 CTP**MAX*22.00*50*EA n/1

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

3. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 If either CTP04 or CTP05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If CTP06 is present, then CTP07 is required.

3 If CTP09 is present, tlien CTP02 is required.

4 If CTPIO is present, then CTP02 is required.

1 CTP07 is a multiplier factor to arrive at a final discounted price. A multiplier of .90 would be the factor if a 10% discount is given. 2 CTP08 is the rebate amount.

1 See Figures Appendix for an example detailing the use of CTP03 and CTP04.

See Figures Appendix for an example detailing the use of CTP03, CTP04 and

CTP07.

Ref. Pes. CTPOl

CTP02

Data

Element

687

236

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Class of Trade Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating class of trade. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Price Identifier Code X ID 3/3

Code identifying pricing specification.

Use to indicate the different pricesfor a line item. ALT Alternate Price

Use to indicate a lease-to-purchase price. A request

has been submitted to ASCX12 to add a codefor

Lease-to-purchase price. Ifapproved, we expect the code will be available in the ASCX12 Version/Release

3060. ICL Unit Price Through Quantity

When specifying pricesfor different quantities, use to

35FED860 118 April 24, 1995
Fedenl 860 - Modificalions to Award Instniment RELEASE - FEDl

CTP03

CTP04

CTP05

212

380

355

X

X

X

CTP06

CTP07

CTP08

CTP09

CTPIO

648

649

782

639

499

indicate the end ofa quantity range. MAX Maximum Order Quantity Price

When specifying pricesfor different quantities, use to indicate the quantity above which the price will not

change.

PAP Protection Level Price Use to specify the price for the packaging protection

level (preservation) cited in CTPIO.

PBQ Unit Price Beginning Quantity

When specifying pricesfor different quantities, use to indicate the beginning ofa quantity range. PPA Packing Level Price Use to specify the price for the packing level cited in CTPIO.

ZNP Zone Price Use to indicate the price for delivery to a zone cited in CTPIO.

Unit Price O R 1/17

Price per unit of product, service, commodity, etc. Quantity X R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity.

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in wliich a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codes to ASCX12 codes. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Price Multiplier Qualifier O ID 3/3

Code indicating the type of price multiplier.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.R 1/10

O R 1/15

Multiplier

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Monetary Amount

Monetary amount.

Basis of Unit Price Code

Code identifying the type of unit price for an item. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Condition Value O AN

Identifies rate restrictions or provisions

When CTP02 is code PAP, PPA, or ZNP, cite the applicable protection level, packing level or zone to which the price in CTP03 applies.

O ID 2/2

1/10

35FED860 119 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FED!

Segment: MEA Measurements

Position: 049

Loop: POC

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 40

Purpose: To specify physical measurements or counts, including dimensions, tolerances,

variances, and weights (See Figures Appendix for example of use of COO 1.) Notes: 1. Use this 2/MEA/049 segment to provide information that applies to a specific line item. Use the l/MEA/200 segment to provide information that applies to all of the line items.

2. This segment can be used to specify the variations in quantity permitted; and for a

requirements or an indefinite quantity type award instrument, the minimum/maximum

quantity per order, the maximum that may be ordered during a specified time period, the minimum and maximum obligations of the government and contractor, and warranty

periods.

3. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 At least one of MEA03 MEAOS MEA06 or MEA08 is required. 2 If MEA05 is present, then MEA04 is required.

3 If MEA06 is present, then MEA04 is required.

4 If MEA07 is present, then at least one of MEA03 MEA05 or MEA06 is required.

5 Only one of MEA08 or MEA03 may be present.

1 MEA04 defines tlie unit of measure for MEA03, MEAOS, and MEA06.

1 When citing dimensional tolerances, any measurement requiring a sign (+ or -), or any measurement where a positive (+) value cannot be assumed use MEA05 as the negative (-) value and MEA06 as the positive (+) value.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Pes. Element Name Attributes

MEAOl 737 Measurement Reference ID Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the broad category to which a measurement applies

Use any code. BT Batch Limits

When the modification applies to a requirements or an indefinite award

instrument, use to indicate the minimum and maximum limits ofthe government's obligation to order either in terms ofdollars or quantity under the basic instrument. When the modification applies to a Task Order or a Delivery

Order, use to indicate the minimum and maximum limits ofthe government's

obligation to order under the specific instrument. Use MEA04-C00J01 to identify the unit ofmeasure (dollars, each, etc.) and use MEA05/06 to specify

the minimum and the maximum.

CT Counts

Use to indicate variations in quantity when expressed as a discrete quantity.

Specify the quantity under and/or over in MEA05/06.

Syntax Notes:

Semamik Notes: Comments:

DE Defects

Use to indicate a warranty period.

35FED860 120 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

LT Lot Limits

Use to indicate the minimum and maximum limits ofthe contractor's obligation

either in terms ofdollars or quantity to deliver under a requirements or

indefinite quantity type procurement instrument. Do not use for a purchase

order or a delivery order. Use MEA04-C00I01 to identify the unit ofmeasure

(dollars, each, etc.) and use MEA05/06 to specif the minimum and the maximum.

OL Order Limits

Use to indicate the maximum that the government may orderfrom a

requirements, or indefinite quantity type award instrument in a specified time

period. Do not use for a purchase order or a delivery order. Use MEA03 to identify the quantity, MEA04-C00101 to identify the unit ofmeasure, and

MEA04-C00104 to identify the time period.

PM Permitted Use to indicate the minimum and maximum quantity or dollars permittedper

order against a requirements or an indefinite quantity type award instrument. Do not use for a purchase order or a delivery order. Use MEA04-C0010I to identify the unit ofmeasure (dollars, each, etc.) and use MEA05/06 to specify

the minimum and the maximum.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. MEA02 738 Measurement Qualifier O ID 1/3

Code identifying a specific product or process characteristic to which a measurement applies

Use any code. MX Maximum

When MEA 01 is code OL, use to indicate the maximum amount that can be

ordered in a specified period oftime. PO Percent ofOrder (-, +) Use to indicate the variation in quantity permitted when it is expressed as a

percent ofthe quantity ordered. Specify the percent under and/or over in MEA05/06.

RY Ratio

mien CNlOl is code CA. CB. CH, FB, FC, FF, or FG, use to indicate the Government and contractor share ratio. Identify the Government share in MEA 05 and the contractor share in MEA06.

7T Time

Use to indicate the length ofa warranty period. Specify the length oftime in MEA 03 and the time period in MEA-COO] OL

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. MEA03 739 Measurement Value X R 1/20

The value of the measurement. MEA04 COOl Composite Unit of Measure X

To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures /ippendix for examples of

use.)

L This composite unit ofmeasure can be used to indicate the maximum that may be ordered during a specified period oftime under a requirements or

35FED860 121 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

indefinite quantity type procurement instrument.

M

X

X

X

COOlOl 355

X COOlOl

X C00103

C00104

1018

649

355

X C00105

X C00106

X C00107

X COO 108

X C00109

X COOllO

COOlll

C00112

C00113

C00114

1018

649

355

1018

649

355

1018

649

355

1018

2. For example: Ifthe maximum that can be orderedper quarter is 10,000

each, then MEAOl would cite code OL, MEA02 would cite code MX, MEA03

would cite 10.000, MEA04-C00101 would cite code EA, andMEA04- C00104

would cite code Ql.

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codes to ASCX12 codes. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Exponent

Power to which a unit is raised. O R 1/15

Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specilying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

wluch a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codes to ASCX12 codes. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionaiy for acceptable code values. Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised. Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specilying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised. Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised. Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ED 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Exponent O R 1/15

35FED860 122 April 24. 1995
Federal S60 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

X C00115

MEA05

MEA06

MEA07

MEA08

MEA09

MEAIO

Power to which a unit is raised. 649 Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

740 Range Minimum X R 1/20

The value specifying the minimum of the meastuement range.

1. When MEAOl is code CT or MEA02 is code PO, use to specify the variation

in quantity under.

2. When MEAOl is code BT, LT, or PM, use to specify the minimum amount or

quantity.

3. When MEA 02 is RY, use to specify the Government share.

4. Percents will be cited asfollows: 4.25% will be cited as 4.25; 3% will be

cited as 3 (note: leading and trailing zeros are suppressed).

741 Range Maximum X R 1/20

The value specifying the maximum of the measurement range.

1. When MEA01 is code CT or MEA 02 is code PO, use to specify the variation

in quantity over.

2. When MEAOl is code BT, LT, or PM, use to specify the maximum amount or

quantity.

3. When MEA 02 is RY, use to specify the contractor share.

4. Percents will be cited asfollows: 4.25% will be cited as 4.25; 3% will be

cited as 3 (note: leading and trailing zeros are suppressed).

935 Measurement Significance Code O ID 2/2

Code used to benchmark, qualify or further define a measurement value. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 936 Measurement Attribute Code X ID 2/2

Code used to express an attribute response when a niuneric measurement value cannot be determined.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 752 Surface/Layer/Position Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating the product surface, layer or position that is being described. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 1373 Measurement Method or Device X D) 2/4

The method or device used to record the measurement

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED860 123 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

PID Product/Item Description

050

FID

Detail

Optional

1To describe a product or process in coded or free-form format

1. Use the 2/PID/050 segment to provide information applicable to a specific line item.

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 If PID04 is present, then PID03 is required. 2 At least one of PID04 or PID05 is required.

3 If PID07 is present, then PID03 is required.

4 If PID08 is present, then PID03 is required.

1 Use PID03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list being referred to. 2 PID04 should be used for industry-specific product description codes. 3 PID08 describes the physical characteristics of the product identified in PID04. A

'"Y" indicates that the specified attribute applies to this item. A '"N" indicates it does not apply. Any other value is indeterminate.

Comments: 1 If PIDO 1 = ^ F", then PID05 is used. If PIDO 1 =

'

' S", then PID04 is used. If FIDO 1 = ""X", then both PID04 and PID05 are used. 2 Use PID06 when necessary to refer to the product smface or layer being described in the segment.

3 PID07 specifies the individual code list of the agency specified in PID03.

Ref. Pes. M pmoi

PID02

PID03

PID04

PID05

PID06

Data

Element

349

750

559

751

352

752

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Item Description Type M ID 1/1

Code indicating the format of a description.

F Free-form

S Structured (From Industry Code List)

X Semi-structured (Code and Text)

Product/Process Characteristic Code O ID 2/3

Code identifying the general class of a product or process characteristic Use any code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Agency Qualifier Code X ED 2/2

Code identifying tlie agency assigning the code values. Use any code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Product Description Code X AN 1/12

A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about a product

characteristic. Description X AN 1/80

A fi-ee-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content. Use offree form text is discouraged ifthe information can be provided by some

other means within the transaction set. Surface/Layer/Position Code O ID 2/2

35FED860 124 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Code indicating the product surface, layer or position that is being described. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X PmOT 822 Source Subqualifier O AN 1/15

A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier.

X Pro08 1073 Yes/No Condition or Response Code O D) 1/1

Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED860 125 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: PWK Paperwork

Position: 070

Loop: POC

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 25

Purpose: To identify the type and transmission of paperwork or supporting information Notes: 1. Use this 2/PWK/070 segment to provide paperwork information that applies to a

specific line item. Use the l/PWK/210 segment to specify paperwork that is applicable

to all of the line items.

2. Use this segment to identify paperwork required to pass between the buyer and the

seller and how that paperwork is to be transmitted.

3. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

1 If either PWK05 or PWK06 is present, then the other is required.

1 PWK05 and PWK06 may be used to identify the addressee by a code number.

2 PWK07 may be used to indicate special information to be shown on the specified

report. 3 PWK08 may be used to indicate action pertaining to a report.

Data Element Summary

M

Ref. Pes. PWKOlData

Element

755

Name

Report Type Code

Attributes

M ID 2/2

Code indicating the title or contents of a dociunent, report or supporting item

Use to identify the type ofpaper work that is being provided to or must be

provided by the contractor. 25 Purchase Plan Use to indicate a make or buy plan.

35 Subcontractor Plan

AE Attachment

Use to indicate some additional document, e.g., list of

governmentfurnished property, related to the award

instrument or modification is being sent by means other

than within the transaction set. Specify the nature of

the document in PWK07.

CI Cost Data Summary

Use to indicate non-certified cost andprice data. C5 Certified Cost and Price Data

C6 Wage Determination

When used, identify the Wage Determination number in the 2/REF/lOO segment using code 2Y in REFOl.

CP Certificate of Compliance (Material Certification)

Use to indicate a Certificate ofConformance.

CX Cost/Schedule Status Report (C/SSR)

35FED860 126 April 24. 1995
Federal S60 - Modificatioos to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Contract status report showing budget, performance,

actual, cost variance, schedule variance, budget at complete, estimate at complete, and variance at complete at specified levels of the w ork breakdown

structure CY Contract Funds Status Report (CFSR)

Status report for funds appropriation including

commitments, actual cost, forecast of billings, and

estimated termination costs DW Drawing(s)

Fl Cost Performance Report (CPR) Format 1 Detailed contract status report including current

reporting month \ alues at specified levels of the work

breakdown structure F2 Cost Performance Report (CPR) Format 2 Detailed contract status report at specified levels of the organization breakdown structure F3 Cost Performance Report (CPR) Format 3 Contract baseline report that summarizes changes to the contract over a gi\ en reporting period with

beginning and ending values

F4 Cost Performance Report (CPR) Format 4

Contract resource summar>' report that forecasts labor requirements for the remainder of a contract F5 Cost Performance Report (CPR) Format 5 Contract summar>' or detail report explaining

significant cost or schedule variances IT Certified Inspection and Test Results KA Contract Data Requirements List (CDRL)

Use to indicate an attachment applicable to a Contract Data Requirements List (CDRL) noted in this transaction set will be provided.

MR Material Inspection and Receiving Report

MS Material Safety Data Sheet

PD Proof of Deliver)' PJ Purchasing Specification

Specifications, generated by a customer, setting

acceptance limits on the properties or performance of

the product being purchased; purchasing specifications

may additionally supply instructions for packaging,

transportation, delivery, and pa>Tnents Use to indicate a Statement of Work (SOW).

PM Proof of Insurance S9 Representation

A statement (report) by a prospective contractor that makes a representation about a specific condition Use to indicate a payment and performance bond.

SN Shipping Notice

SP Specification

US "BUY AMERICA" Certification of Compliance

35FED860 127 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instniment RELEASE - FEDl

PWK02 756

PWK03

PWK04

757

98

Report Transmission Code O ID 1/2

Code defining timing, transmission method or format by which reports are to be

sent BE

BM

CF

EL

By Mail and Electronically

Use to indicate E-Mail.

By Mail

Courier

Electronically Only

Use to indicate Electronic Data Interchange (EDI).

FX By Fax

WS With Shipment (With Package)

Report Copies Needed O NO 1/2

The number of copies of a report that should be sent to the addressee. The number ofcopies is assumed to be 1 unless a greater number is specified in this data element. Entity Identifier Code O ID 2/2

Code identiiying an organizational entity, a physical location, or an individual

Use to identify the recipient ofthe paperwork. Ifthere is more than one

recipient ofthe same paperwork item, use multiple repetitions ofthe PWK

segment with the same report code in PWKOl. Provide the address ofthe recipient in either the l/Nl/300 or 2/N1/340 segment and/or the communications number ofthe recipient in either the I/PER/350 or 2/PER/390

segment.

Contracting Officer Representative

Party to Receive Proposal

Buying Party (Purchaser)

Use to indicate the Contracting Officer. Contract Administration Office

Established at either a contractor facility or in a geographic area, and responsible for administering on

behalf of the buying activities that assigned contracts

for administration and all contracts awarded to either the specific contractor or all contractors in the geographic area

Party to Receive Certified Inspection Report Use when PWKOl is code MR.

Audit Office

The office performing the audit < Project Manager

The address of the person responsible for the management of a designated project

Use to indicate the party responsiblefor a project to include the Advisor under a Grant. Technical Office

Party to Receive Inspection Report

Party to Receive Cert, of Conformance (C.A.A.)

Party to Receive Shipping Manifest

Party to Receive Reports

The organization designated to receive reports

7D

7N

BY

C4

IS

KF

KG

KY

PA

PC

SM

ZD

35FED860 128 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

X PWK05

X PWK06

PWK07

PWK08

M C00201

C00202

C00203

C00204

C00205

66 IdeDtiflcation Code Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67). Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionaiy for acceptable code values. 67 Identification Code X AN 2/20

Code identifying a party or other code. 352 Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content.

1. Use only ifnecessary to provide additional information or instructions applicable to a specific paperwork item.

2. When PWKOl is code S9, use to identify the lead timefor submission ofthe payment and performance bond.

C002 Actions Indicated O

Actions to be performed on the piece of paperwork identified 704 Paperwork/Report Action Code M ID 1/2

Code specifying how the paperwork or report that is identified in the PWK

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required.

2 Report to be Filed

When PWKOl is code 25, 35, CI, C5, CP, CX, CY, FI,

F2, F3, F4, F5, IT, MR. MS, PD, PM, PP. S9, SN. or

US, use to indicate the specified paperwork is required

to be provided by the contractor. PV Provided

When PWKOl is code AE, C6. DW, KA. PJ, or SP, use

to indicate the specified paperwork will be provided by

the buyer.

704 Paperwork/Report Action Code O ID 1/2

Code specifying how the paperwork or report that is identified in the PWK

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 704 Paperwork/Report Action Code O ID 1/2

Code specifying how the paperwork or report that is identified in the PWK

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 704 Paperwork/Report Action Code O ID 1/2

Code specifying how the paperwork or report that is identified in the PWK

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 704 Paperwork/Report Action Code O ID 1/2

Code specifying how the paperwork or report that is identified in the PWK

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED860 129 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: PKG Marking, Packaging, Loading

Position: 080

Loop: POC

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 200

Purpose: To describe marking, packaging, loading and unloading requirements. Notes: 1. Use this 2/PKG/080 segment when packaging requirements apply to a specific line item. Use the 2/PKG/450 segment if the packaging requirements apply to a named

entity.

2. Packaging information such as the number of items in a unit container, the nimiber of

unit containers in an intermediate container, a requirement for palletized loads or shrink wrap, or the gross weight, cube and dimensions of a unit or an intermediate container is carried in the 2/PO4/090 segment.

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

3. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in tlie award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 At least one of PKG04 PKG05 or PKG06 is required. 2 If PKG04 is present, then PKG03 is required.

3 If PKG05 is present, then PKGO 1 is required.

1 PKG04 should be used for industry-specific packaging description codes.

1 Use MEA (Measurements) segment to define dimensions, tolerances weights,

counts, physical restrictions, etc. 2 If PKGO 1 = 'T", then PKG05 is used. If PKGO 1 = "S", then PKG04 is used. If PKGOl = "'X", then both PKG04 and PKG05 are used. 3 Use PKG03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list being referred

to. 4 Special marking or tagging data can be given in PKG05 (Description).

Ref. Pes. PKGOlData

Element

349

PKG02 753

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Item Description Type X ID 1/1

Code indicating the format of a description.

F Free-form

S Structured (From Industry Code List)

X Semi-structured (Code and Text)

Packaging Characteristic Code O ID 1/5

Code specifying the marking, packaging, loading and related characteristics being described. Use the listed codes to identify applicable packaging requirements.

CD Cleaning or Drying Procedure

CT Cushioning Thickness

CUD Cushioning and Dimnage

HM Hazardous Material

IC Intermediate Container

LP Level Of Preservation

OPI Optional Procediu-e Indicator

PK Packing

35FED860 130 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE . FEDl

PKG03 559

PKG04 754

PKG05 352

PM

PML

SMK

UC

UCL

WM

Agency Qualifier Code

When the packing code associated with Packaging

Characteristic Code PK is a three position code; the

first position signifies Level A packingfor Overseas

shipments via surface; the second position signifies

Level B packingfor Overseas shipments viafreight

forwarder, APO/FPO, or air; the third position

signifies Level Cpackingfor domestic shipments. When

standard commercial packaging per ASTMD 3951 is acceptable, cite MILSTD 2073-2C code Xin PKG04.

Preservation Method

Preservation Material

Special Marking

Unit Container

Unit Container Level

Wrapping Material

X ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values. DF Department of Defense (DoD)

GS General Services Administration (GSA)

Responsible for Federal Specification

ZZ Mutually Defined Use to indicate afederal activity other than DoD or GSA. Data maintenance has been submitted to ASC

XI2. Ifapproved, a code for Federal Government will be available in the ASCXI2 Version/Release 3060. Packaging Description Code X AN 1/7

A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about the marking, packaging or loading and unloading of a product.

1. The actual codes associated with the packaging characteristic codes cited in PKG02 can be found in Code Source List 197 (M1L-STD-2073-2C).

2. When the contractor is to select the appropriate requirement or method

associated with a packaging characteristic code, insert "Y" or "YY" (dependent on the number ofpositions in the code).

3. Insert "Z" or "ZZ" (dependent on the number ofpositions in the code) to indicate that supplementary or special requirements apply to a packaging

characteristic which are not represented by a code listed in MIL-STD- 2073-

2C. Use PKG05 to provide supplementary or special requirements.

4. When the requirement associated with a packaging characteristic code is included as part ofthe requirements definedfor the preservation method code,

insert either "X" or "XX" (dependent on the number ofpositions in the code).

5. Whenever a code used in PKG04 requires an explanation or additional

information, provide it in PKG05.

Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content.

1. Use to provide Supplemental Instructions or Special Packaging Instructions. Ifthe information to be provided exceeds the maximum length ofthis data

element, provide the information in the N9 loop, using code KD in N901.

35FED860 131 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

2. Use offree form text is discouraged ifthe information can be provided by some other means within the transaction set. X PKG06 400 Unit Load Option Code X m 112 Code identifying loading or unloading a shipment

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED860 132 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: P04 Item Physical Details

Position: 090

Loop: POC

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Mai Use: >1

Purpose: To specify the physical qualities, packaging, weights and dimensions relating to the

item. Notes: 1. Use this segment to specify the weight, cube, or dimensions of the imit or

intermediate pack; the unit pack quantity or intermediate container quantify; to indicate

that palletized loads are required; or to indicate that shrink wrap is required. To specify the unit pack quantify, use PO401, PO403, and PO404 (code UNT). If there are 50 pairs

in a unit container, PO401 would cite 50, PO403 would cite PR, and PO404 would cite code UNT. If it is necessary to specify not only the quantity of items in a unit container,

but also the size and unit of measure of those items, use PO401, PO402, PO403, and

PO404. In this instance, if there are 24, 12 oz bottles in the imit container, PO401 would

cite 24, PO402 would cite 12, PO403 would cite code OZ, and PO404 would cite code

UNT. In either of these examples, the number of unit containers in an intermediate

container would be carried in P0414. If only the quantity per intermediate container is required, use code INT in PO404 and cite the quantity in P0414.

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 If either PO402 or PO403 is present, then the other is required. 2 If PO405 is present, then PO406 is required.

3 If either PO406 or PO407 is present, then the other is required.

4 If either PO408 or PO409 is present, then the other is required.

5 If PO410 is present, then P0413 is required.

6 If P041 1 is present, then P0413 is required. 7 If P0412 is present, then P0413 is required.

8 If P0413 is present, then at least one of PO410 P0411 or P0412 is required.

1 PO403 - The "Unit of Measure Code" (Element #355) in this segment position is for purposes of defining the pack (PO401) /size (PO402) measure which indicates the

quantity in the inner pack unit. Example: If the carton contains 24 12-Oimce

packages, it would be described as follows: Element 356 = 24; Element 357 = 12; Element 355 = OZ.

2 P0413 defines the unit of measure for PO410, P0411, and P04I2.

Ref.

Pes,

PO401

Data Element Summary

Data

Element Name

356 Pack

Number of inner pack units per outer pack unit.

1. Use to identify the unit pack quantity.

Attributes

O NO 1/6

2. Cite the number 777777 to indicate a bulk quantity (MIL-STD 2073-2C code

BLK).

3. Cite the number 888888 to indicate "Packager's option as long as all other

requirements are met" (MIL-STD 2073-2C code YYY).

35FED860 133 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE • FEDl

PO402

PO403

357

355

PO404 103

PO405

PO406

PO407

187

384

355

PO408 385

4. Cite the number 999999 to indicate "Special requirements - refer to supplemental data, special instructions or drawings provided" (MIL-STD 2073-

2C code ZZZ).

Size X R 1/8

Size of supplier units in pack. Use only to identify the size ofthe individual items within a unit container.

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codes to ASCX12 codes. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Packaging Code O AN 3/5

Code identifying the type of packaging. Part 1. Packaging form. Part 2. Packaging Material. INT Intermediate Container

PAF Pallet - 4 Way

A pallet that permits entry of handling equipment on

each of its four sides PAT Pallet - 2 Way

A pallet that permits entry of handling equipment on

opposing two of its four sides SRW Shrink Wrap

In packaging, a method of securing a unit load by

placing a large ""bag" of plastic film over the components and applying heat to induce shrinkage and

cause the bag to tighten around the contents UNT Unit Use to indicate the unit container. Weight Qualifier O ID 1/2

Code defining the type of weight.

Use any code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Gross Weight per Pack X R 1/9

Numeric value of gross weight per pack.

Use to specify the weight ofa container. The weight shall be provided to 1 decimal place.

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codes to ASCX12 codes. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Gross Volume per Pack X R 1/9

Numeric value of gross volume per pack.

Use to specify the cube ofa container. The cube shall be provided to 3 decimal

35FED860 134 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

places.

PO409 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in wliich a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codes to ASCX12 codes. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. PO410 82 Length O R 1/8

Largest horizontal dimension of an object measured when the object is in the upright position.

P0411 189 Width O R 1/8

Shorter measurement of tlie two horizontal dimensions measured with the object

in the upright position.

P0412 65 Height O R 1/8

Vertical dimension of an object measured when the object is in the upright

position. Use to specify the depth ofthe container. P0413 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codes to ASCX12 codes. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. P0414 810 Inner Pack O NO 1/6

Number of units in each selling pack

I. Use to specif/ the quantity ofunit containers within an intermediate

container.

2. Cite the number 666666 to indicate "See Appendix B, MIL-STD 2073-1B"

(MIL-STD 2073-2C code AAA).

3. Cite the number 777777 to indicate "See Method ofPreservation" (MIL-STD

2073-2C code XXX).

4. Cite the number 888888 to indicate "Packer's option as long as all other

requirements are met" (MIL-STD 2073-2C code YYY).

5. Cite the number 999999 to indicate "Special requirements - see specific

drawing or instruction provided" (MIL-STD 2073-2C code ZZZ).

35FED860 135 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment JvH/i' Reference Numbers

Position 100

Loop POC

Level Detail

Usage Optional

Max Use >1

Purpose To specify identifying numbers.

Notes 1. Use the 2/REF/lOO segment to cite reference numbers that apply to a specific line item. Use the l/REF/050 segment to cite reference numbers that apply to all of the line items.

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to wliich the modification applies.

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.

Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Des. Element Name Attributes

M REFOl 128 Reference Number Qualifier M ID 2/2

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

16 Military Interdepartmental Purchase Request (MIPR)

Number

A specific form used to transmit obligation authority

(dollars) and requirements between a service or agency

requiring a purchase and a military service or agency

responsible for procuring the requirement

2E Foreign Military Sales Case Number

A reference number designating the foreign military

sale records Use to indicate a Foreign Military Sale. 2Y Wage Determination Use to indicate a Department ofLabor Wage

Determination Number. Use ifthe Wage Determination

is passed by reference only or to identify the Wage

Determination number passed by some other means as

specified in the PWK segment.

^ 5N Citation of Statute Use to indicate the authority under which the modification is issued ifother than a change order or supplemental agreement.

73 Statement of Work (SOW)

Description of a product or service to be procured imder

a contract; statement of requirements

Ifa Statement of Work is part ofthe modification, the PWK segment can be used to indicate how the SOWis being provided.

82 Data Item Description (DID) Reference

Specific data elements that the government will ask a

contractor to provide and are spelled out in specific

requirement documents

35FED860 136 April 24. 1995
FederaJ 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

83 Extended (or Exhibit) Line Item Number (ELIN)

Identifies specific line items to be delivered for a

contract 97 Package Number

A serial number indicating unit shipped

9G Department of Defense Form 250 Requirement Code

Use to indicate the inspection and acceptance

requirementsfor a data item specified on the Contract Data Requirements List. AH Agreement Number

Use to indicate a Union Agreement Number.

BL Government Bill of Lading

DO Drawing Number

EV Receiver Identification Number

A unique number identilying the organization/site

location designated to receive the current transmitted

transaction set Use to indicate the requiring office, i.e., the technical

office responsible for ensuring adequacy ofthe data on

a Contract Data Requirements List. Use an

abbreviation ofthe activity, e.g., NSPCC, Navy Ships

Parts Control Center. IL Internal Order Number

Use to identify the requisition (MILSTRIP/FEDSTRIP

document) number.

IQ End Item Use to identify an end item to which the modification

pertains.

IX Item Number

Use to indicate a Federal supply schedule (FSS)

special item number.

KO Approval Code

Use to indicate the approval code on a Contract Data

Requirements List. K6 Purchase Description

KV Distribution Statement Code

Use to indicate the code on a Contract Data

Requirements List that specifies the distribution statement a contractor is to mark on a data item. LT Lot Number

NI Military Standard (MIL-STD) Number

NJ Technical Document Number

NL Technical Order Number

P4 Project Code

Use to indicate the project number applicable to this

line item. PH Priority Rating Use to indicate the MILSTRIP/FEDSTRIP priority

rating.

PR Price Quote Number

35FED860 137 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Use to indicate the contractor's bid, quote or proposal

number.

QC Product Specification Document Number

Model designation of replacement component

RQ Purchase Requisition No. Use to indicate the Purchase Request (PR) number or

the Purchase Request Order Number (PRON). When

citing a purchase request number, concatenate its line item number with the purchase request number ifit is necessary to transmit both numbers.

RS Returnable Container Serial Number

52 Military Specification Number (MILSPEC)

53 Specification Number

Use to indicate a specification number other than a MIL-SPEC. When used, cite the specification number

in REF02 and identify the issuing activity in REF03.

T4 Signal Code

Defense Fuel Supply Center to bill back fuel purchases

to the appropriate service or agency account fund

TG Transportation Control Number (TCN)

TN Transaction Reference Number

Use to indicate the unique reference numberfor a

related transaction set (e.g., an 841 transaction set carrying a related technical specification or drawing).

Each transaction set has a unique number. In the case ofthe 841 transaction set, that number is carried in SP102.

TP Test Specification Number

VQ Related Contract Line Item Number

Use to indicate a line item in the procurement

instrument or modification to which this line item

pertains.

VW Standard

Use to indicate a standard other than a MIL-STD.

When used, identify the standard in REF03.

W2 Weapon System Number

Identifies a weapon system

Use to indicate the Weapon System Code.

W8 Suffix

Differentiates between partial actions taken on the

original transaction

Use to indicate a MILSTRIP/FEDSTRIP requisition

suffix number. This code can be used ifthere is only

ONE occurrence ofthe REF segment with code IL in REFOl.

XC Cargo Control Number

Use to indicate the tracking numberforfuel being sent by a tanker vessel. XE Transportation Priority Number

Number indicating the level of government priority

associated with the transportation of a shipment

35FED860 138 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

zz Mutually Defined

Use to indicate another type ofreference number.

When used, identify the nature ofthe number in

REF02 127 Reference Number

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Nimiber Qualifier.

Ifa document has a revision or extension, the document number and the revision or extension number should be concatenated and cited in this data

element.

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content.

1. Use to carry additional information applicable to a reference number cited

in REF02.

2. Use offree form text is discouraged ifthe information can be provided by some other means within the transaction set.

REF03 352 Description X AN 1/80

35FED860 139 AprU24. 199S
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: PER Administrative Communications Contact

Position: 110

Loop: POC

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 3 Purpose: To identify a person or office to wliom administrative communications should be

directed Notes: Use this 2/PER/l 10 segment to provide names and conunimications mmibers of points

of contacts applicable to a line item that are not associated witli an address

Syntax Notes: 1 If either PER03 or PER04 is present, llien the other is required. 2 If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required.

3 If eitlier PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Des. Element Name Attributes

M PEROl 366 Contact Function Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named.

AU Report Authorizer Use to indicate the approver ofa Contract Data

Requirements List. AV Advisor Use to indicate the government party who will work

with the contractor on basic R&D efforts in a

particular science area. BD Buyer Name or Department

Includes a Grants Management Specialist.

CD Contract Contact Use to indicate a Contracting Officer's Representative.

NT Notification Contact Use to indicate the party to be contactedfor shipping

instructions. Use when LDTOl in the 2/LDT/332

segment is code AJ and the 2/MSG/334 segment

specifies a requirement to schedule a shipment. PI Preparer

A firm, organization, or individual who determines the

ta.x liability from information supplied by the taxpayer Use to indicate the preparer ofa Contract Data

Requirements List. RE Receiving Contact Use to indicate the party to be contacted to schedule a

shipment. Use when LDTOl in the 2/LDT/332 segment

is code AI and the 2/MSG/334 segment specifies a

requirement to schedule a shipment.

PER02 93 Name O AN 1/35

Free-form name.

Cite last namefirst, followed byfirst name. Ifthe whole name is longer than 35

characters, truncate or use initialsfor the first name. Ifnecessary, use PER02

35FED860 140 April 24, 1995
Federal S60 - Modificalions to Award Instruinent RELEASE - FEDl

EM

FX

rr

TE

to cite the party's title. PER03 365 Communication Number Qualifler X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication nimiber.

AU Defense Switched Network

Department of Defense telecommunications system and

successor of the Automatic Voice Network

(AUTOVON)

Electronic Mail

Facsimile

International Telephone

Include the country code. Telephone

Use to indicate the commercial telephone number of

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code. PER04 364 Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including country or area code when

applicable.

PER05 365 Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number.

Use to identify a second communications numberfor the party cited in PER02.

For example, ifPER03/04 cites a telephone number, PER05/06 can be used to

cite a FAX number.

Defense Switched Network

Department of Defense telecommunications system and

successor of the Automatic Voice Network

(AUTOVON)

Electronic Mail

Telephone Extension Use only ifPEROS is used citing either code A U or TE. Facsimile

International Telephone

Include the country code. Telephone

Use to indicate the commercial telephone number of

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code. PER06 364 Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including country or area code when

applicable.

PER07 365 Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number. Use to identify a third communications numberfor the party cited in PER02.

AU

EM

EX

FX

IT

TE

AU

EM

EX

FX

Defense Switched Network

Department of Defense telecommunications system and

successor of the Automatic Voice Network

(AUTOVON)

Electronic Mail

Telephone Extension Use only ifPEROS is used citing either code AU or TE. Facsimile

35FED860 141 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 • Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE . FEDl

IT International Telephone

Include the country code.

| TE Telephone

Use to indicate the commercial telephone number of

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code. PER08 364 Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete conamunications number including country or area code when

applicable.

PER09 443 Contact Inquiry Reference O AN 1/20

Additional reference number or description to clarify a contact number.

Use, ifnecessary, to provide the title ofthe party cited in PER02.

}

j

ti

I

i

1

i

I

35FED860 142 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information

Position: 130

Loop: SAC

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1 Purpose: To request or identify a service, promotion, allowance, or charge; to specify the amoimt

or percentage for the service, promotion, allowance, or charge

Notes: 1. Use this 2/SAC/130 segment to identify services, allowances, or non-CLIN charges

and, if applicable, quantities, Uiat apply to specific line items. If the services,

allowances, or non-CLIN charges apply to all of the line items, use the l/SAC/120

segment.

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of SAC02 or SAC03 is required. 2 If either SAC03 or SAC04 is present, then the other is required.

3 If either SAC06 or SAC07 is present, tlien the other is required. 4 If either SAC09 or SACIO is present, then the other is required. 5 If SACl 1 is present, then SACIO is required.

6 If SAC13 is present, then at least one of SAC02 or SAC04 is required. 7 If SAC14 is present, then SAC13 is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 If SACOI is A or C, then at least one of SAC05, SAC07, or SAC08 is required. 2 SAC05 is the total amount for Uie service, promotion, allowance, or charge.

If SAC05 is present with SAC07 or SAC08, then SAC05 takes precedence.

3 SAC08 is the allowance or charge rate per unit. 4 SACIO and SACl 1 is the quantity basis when the allowance or charge quantity is different from the purchase order or invoice quantity.

SACIO and SACl 1 used togetlier indicate a quantity range, which could be a dollar amount, that is applicable to service, promotion, allowance, or charge. 5 SAC 13 is used in conjunction with SAC02 or SAC04 to provide a specific reference number as identified by the code used. 6 SAC14 is used in conjunction with SAC13 to identify an option when there is more

than one option of the promotion.

Comments: 1 SAC04 may be used to uniquely identify the service, promotion, allowance, or

charge. In addition, it may be used in conjunction to further the code in SAC02.

2 In some business applications, it is necessary to advise the trading partner of the

actual dollar amount that a particular allowance, charge, or promotion was based on

to reduce ambiguity. This amount is commonly referred to a ''Dollar Basis

Amount". It is represented in the SAC segment in SACIO using the qualifier DO - Dollars in SAC09.

M

Ref. Pes. SACOIData

Element

248

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Allowance or Charge Indicator M ID 1/1

Code which indicates an allowance or charge for the service specified.

A Allowance

C Charge

N No Allowance or Charge

Use to indicate the service is to be provided at no

charge.

35FED860 143 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FED!

SAC02 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code X ID 4/4

Code identilying the service, promotion, allowance, or charge

Any code may be used but the listed codes are preferred.

A880 Cancellation Charge

When CSHOl is code GS, use to indicate the cancellation ceiling amount.

B180 Cleaning Charge

B610 Container Service Charge USA/Canada

Use to indicate a reusable container. B870 Customs Charge

C240 Disconnect Charge

C330 Distribution Fee

C370 Diversion Charge

C880 Expediting Premium

D500 Handling

D530 Hazardous Cargo Charge

D660 Hook-up charge

D820 Inside Delivery

D870 Inspection

D890 Installation and Training

D900 Installation E340 Less Than Truckload (LTL) Charge

Use to indicate a charge for a less than full carload or truckload. E400 Loading (Labor Charges)

E470 Lump Sum

Use to indicate the lump sum amount applicable to a Value Engineering

Change Proposal (VECP).

F150 Packaging Service

F460 Postage

F560 Premium Transportation

F830 ProofofDelivery

Use to indicate a charge for preparation ofa DD Form 250. G030 Reconnect charge

G350 Rents and Leases G470 Restocking Charge

G530 Rework

G580 Royalties

G660 Scrap Allowance

G740 Service Charge

G760 Set-up

HI 70 Special Tooling Charge

H430 Storage

H540 Supplemental Items Use to indicate Contractor Acquired Parts (CAP).

H550 Surcharge

H990 Testing Services Charge

1260 Transportation Direct Billing

1380 Unloading (Labor Charges)

1590 Warranties

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X SAC03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X SAC04 1301 Agency Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code X AN 1/10

35FED860 144 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

SAC05

SAC06

SAC07

SAC08

SAC09

610

378

332

118

355

SACIO 380

SACll

SAC12

SAC13

380

331

127

X SAC14

X SAC15

770

352

Agency maintained code identifying the service, promotion, allowance, or charge

Amount O N2 1/15

Monetary amount. Allowance/ Charge Percent Qualifier X ID 1/1

Code indicating on what basis allowance or charge percent is calculated. Use any code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionaiy for acceptable code values. Percent X R 1/6 Percent expressed as a percent

Cite 4.25% as 4.25; cite 3% as 3 (note: leading and trailing zeros are

suppressed)

Rate O R 1/9

Pjile expressed in the standard monetary denomination for the currency

specified

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken

An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codes to ASCX12 codes. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Quantity X R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity. Use to indicate the quantity to which the amount in SAC05 applies. SAC10/11 can be used together to specify a quantity range to which the amount in SAC05

applies.

Quantity O R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity. Use only ifSACIO is used. SAC10/11 can be used together to specify a quantity

range. Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating method of handling for an allowance or charge.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Reference Number X AN 1/30

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier. Use to identify theACRN, project code, funding code, or accounting code to which a charge or allowance is applicable. These reference numbers and their relationship to the financial accounting data they represent is established in the

1/AT/278 and l/REF/279 segments

Option Number O AN 1/20

A unique number identifying available promotion or allowance options when

more than one is offered. Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content.

35FED860 145 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment

Position

Loop

Level

Usage

Max Use

Purpose

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

1X8 Conditions of Sale

140

POC

Detail

Optional

1To specify general conditions or requirements and to detail conditions for substitution of

alternate products

Use this 2/IT8/140 segment to specify special services or conditions that vary by line item. Use the 1/CSH/l 10 segment when the special services or conditions apply to all of

the line items.

1 At least one of IT80 1 IT802 IT803 IT805 or IT807 is required. 2 If either IT808 or IT809 is present, then the other is required.

3 If either ITS 10 or 1X8 1 1 is present, then the other is required.

4 If either 1X812 or 1X813 is present, then the other is required.

5 If either 1X814 or 1X815 is present, then the other is required.

6 If either 1X816 or 1X817 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either 1X818 or 1X819 is present, then the other is required.

8 If either 1X820 or 1X821 is present, then the other is required.

9 If either 1X822 or 1X823 is present, then the other is required.

10 If either 1X824 or 1X825 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either 1X826 or 1X827 is present, then the other is required.

1 1X803 is the maximum monetary amount value which the order must not exceed. 2 1X804 is the account number to which the purchase amount is to be charged.

3 1X805 is the date specified by the sender to be shown on the invoice.

1 Element 235/234 combinations should be interpreted to include products and/or

services. See the Data Dictionary for a complete list of ID's. 2 1X808 through 1X827 provides for ten (10) different product/service ID's for each

item. Example: Case, Color, Drawing No., UPC No., ISBN No., Model No., SKU.

Ref. Pes. IT801Data

Element

563

IT802 564

IT803 610

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Sales Requirement Code X ID 1/2

Code to identify a specific requirement or agreement of sale P2 Ship As Soon As Possible

P4 Do Not Preship

SC Ship Complete

Use to indicate partial shipments will not be accepted.

SV Ship Per Release Use to indicate that the ordered item(s) are to be

shipped in place.

Do-Not-Exceed Action Code X ID 1/1

Code indicating the action to be taken if the order amount exceeds the value of

Do-Not-Exceed Amount (565).

Use any code:

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Amount X N2 1/15

Monetary amount.

/. Use to identify a maximum price that ifthe contractor would exceed, the

35FED860 146 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

order need not befilled.

X IT804 508 Account Number O AN 1/35

Account number assigned.

X IT805 373 Date X DT 6/6 Date (YYMMDD).

X IT806 559 Agency Qualifier Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X IT807 566 Product/Service Substitution Code X ID 1/2

Code indicating product or service substitution conditions. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X IT808 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234).

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X IT809 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identilying number for a product or service. X IT810 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234).

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X IT811 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service. X IT812 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the tj^je/source of the descriptive nimiber used in Product/Service ID (234).

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X IT813 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service. X IT814 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Seivice ID (234).

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X IT815 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service. X IT816 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the t)'pe/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (2 3 4)

.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X IT817 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service. X IT818 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in ProducL^Service ID (234).

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X IT819 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service. X IT820 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

35FED860 147 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instfutneiit RELEASE -FEDl

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234).

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X IT821 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service. X IT822 235 Product/Service ffi Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234).

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X m23 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service. X IT824 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234).

Refer lo 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X IT825 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service. X IT826 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234).

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X IT827 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service.

35FED860 148 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: ITD Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale

Position: ISO

Loop: POC

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Mai Use: 2 Purpose: To specify terms of sale. Notes: 1. Use this 2/nD/1250 segment when discounts vary by line item. Use the l/ITD/130

segment when the discount applies to all of the line items.

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

Syntax Notes: 1 If ITDOS is present, then at least one of ITD04 1TD05 or ITD 13 is required. 2 If ITDOS is present, then at least one of 1TD04 ITD05 or ITD 13 is required.

3 If nT)09 is present, then at least one of ITD 10 or ITDl 1 is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 ITD 15 is the percentage applied to a base amount used to determine a late payment

charge.

Comments: 1 If the code in ITDOl is 04, then ITD07 or ITD09 is required and either ITD 10 or ITD 11 is required; if the code in ITDOl is 05, then ITD06 or ITD07 is required.

X

X

X

X

X

X

Ref. Pes. ITDOl

ITDOl

m)03

m)04

ITD05

m)06

m)07

ITD08

rn)09

ITDIO

ITDll

Data

Element

336

333

338

370

351

446

386

362

388

389

342

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Terms Type Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying type of payment terms. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Terms Basis Date Code O ID 1/2

Code identifying the beginning of the terms period.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Terms Discount Percent O R 1/6

Terms discount percentage, expressed as a percent, available to the purchaser if an invoice is paid on or before the Terms Discount Due Date.

Cite 4.25% as 4.25; cite 3% as 3 (note: leading and trailing zeros are

suppressed)

Terms Discount Due Date X DT 6/6 Date payment is due if discount is to be earned. Terms Discount Days Due X NO 1/3

Number of days in the terms discount period by which payment is due if terms

discount is earned. Terms Net Due Date O DT 6/6 Date when total invoice amount becomes due. Terms Net Days O NO 1/3

Number of days until total invoice amount is due (discount not applicable).

Terms Discount Amount O N2 1/10

Total amount of terms discount. Terms Deferred Due Date O DT 6/6 Date deferred payment or percent of invoice payable is due. Deferred Amount Due X N2 1/10

Deferred amount due for payment. Percent of Invoice Payable X R 1/5

35FED860 149 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 • Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE- FEDl

Amount of invoice payable expressed in percent.

X ITD12 352 Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content. X ITD13 765 Day of Month X NO 1/2

The numeric value of the day of the month between 1 and the maximum day of

the month being referenced. X ITD14 107 Payment Method Code O ID 1/1

Code identifying type of payment procedures.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X ITD15 954 Percent O R 1/10

Percentage expressed as a decimal

35FED860 150 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes:

Comments:

DIS Discount Detail

160

POC

Detail

Optional

20

To specify the exact type and terms of various discount information.

1. Use this 2/DIS/160 segment to identily volume discount information applicable to the

line item that is based on the dollar value purchased.

2. Use the 2/N9/320 segment, with N901 citing code KD, and the 2/MSG/330 segment

to specify other volume or promotional discoimts that apply to a line item.

1 DIS05 is the minimum for application of the discoimt. 2 DIS06 is the maximum for application of the discount.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Des. M DISOlData

Element

653

M DIS02 654

M

M

DIS03

DIS04

655

656

M DIS05

DIS06

657

657

Name Attributes

Discount Terms Type Code M D) 3/3

Code to define the units in which the discount will be determined, i.e., dollars, case, truckload, etc. Use any code but it should be the same code as provided in the Contract

Solicitation Response, 843 transaction set. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Discount Base Qualifler M ED 2/2

Code to define unit of discount, i.e., dollars, cases, alternate products, etc. Use any code but it should be the same code as provided in the Contract

Solicitation Response, 843 transaction set. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Discount Base Value M R

A multiplier amount used in conjunction with discount base qualifier to determine the value of the discount. Discount Control Limit Qualifier M ID

Code to define the units of the limits for determining discoimt. Use any code but it should be the same code as provided in the Contract

Solicitation Response, 843 transaction set. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Discount Control Limit M NO

Amount or time associated with application of the discount. Discount Control Limit O NO

Amount or time associated with application of the discount.

1/10

2/3

1/10

1/10

35FED860 151 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: FOB F.O.B. Related lostructions

Position: 180

Loop: POC

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: >1

Purpose: To specify transportation instructions relating to shipment

Notes: 1. Use this 2/FOB/180 segment to specify an FOB point and acceptance location for a

specific line item. Use the l/FOB/080 segment to specify an FOB point and acceptance

location that applies to all of the line items.

2. This segment is not used when the modification is for a service without deliverables or construction.

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

3. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 If FOB03 is present, then FOB02 is required. 2 If FOB04 is present, then FOB05 is required.

3 If FOB07 is present, then FOB06 is required.

4 If FOB08 is present, then FOB09 is required.

1 FOBOl indicates which party will pay the carrier. 2 FOB02 is the code specifying transportation responsibility location. 3 FOB06 is the code specifying tlie title passage location. 4 FOB08 is the code specifying the point at which the risk of loss transfers. This may

be different than the location specified in FOB02/FOB03 and FOB06/FOB07.

Comments:

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Pes. Element Name Attributes

M FOBOl 146 Shipment Method of Payment M ID 2/2

Code identifying payment terms for transportation charges.

BP Paid by Buyer

The buyer agrees to the transportation payment term

requiring tlie buyer to pay transportation charges to a

specified location (origin or destination location) Use to indicate a Government Bill ofLading (GBL) will be issued. PE Prepaid and Summary Bill Use when transportation charges are to be prepaid by

the seller, are not included in the unit price, and are to be invoiced periodically.

PP Prepaid (by Seller) Use to indicate that transportation charges are not

included in the unit price but are prepaid and are to be

added as a separate item on this instrument's invoice. PS Paid by Seller The seller agrees to the transportation payment term

requiring the seller to pay transportation charges to a

specified location (origin or destination location) Use to indicate transportation charges are included in the unit price.

35FED860 152 April 24. 1995
Federal S60 • Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

X

X

FOB02 309 Location Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code identifying type of location. Use to identify the FOB point.

DE Destination (Shipping)

FV Free Alongside Vessel (Free On Board [F.O.B.] Point) rr Intermediate FOB Point

A location indicating the point of destination is not the

origin or final destination but rather at some other

point Use to indicate the FOB point is afreightforwarder.

Provide the address in the Nl loop, citing code IC in NlOl.

KE Port of Embarkation

Use to indicate that the FOB Point is an overseas port

ofembarkation, either aerial or water, for delivery of

governmentfurnished completed end items. Provide the address in the Nl loop, citing code KX in NlQl.

Port of Loading

Use to indicate that the FOB Point is a port ofloading.

Provide the address in the Nl loop, citing code KX in NlOl.

Govenmient Furnished Property FOB Point Use to indicate that the FOB point isfor delivery of

Government Furnished Property. Provide the address

in the Nl loop, citing code KX in NlOl.

Origin (Shipping Point)

Mutually Defined Use to indicate another FOB point, i.e., neither at

origin nor at destination. Provide the address in the Nl

loop, citing code KX in NlOl.

FOB03 352 Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify tlie related data elements and their content. FOB04 334 Transportation Terms Qualifier Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the source of the transportation terms. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. FOB05 335 Transportation Terms Code X ID 3/3

Code identifying the trade terms which apply to the shipment transportation

responsibility.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. FOB06 309 Location Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code identifying type of location. Use to identify the acceptance point. This code also identifies the inspection

location unless NlOl in the 2/N1/340 loop is code LI. DE DesUnation (Shipping)

OR Origin (Shipping Point)

ZZ Mutually Defined Use to indicate the acceptance point is neither at

origin nor at destination. Provide the acceptance point

address in the Nl loop, citing code KZ in NlOl;

provide the inspection point in another iteration ofthe

, Nl loop, citing code LI in NlOl.

KL

KP

OR

ZZ

35FED860 153 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

X FOB07 352 Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content. X FOB08 54 Risk of Loss Quallfler O ID 2/2

Code specifying where responsibility for risk of loss passes. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X FOB09 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content.

35FED860 154 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Segment: SDQ Destination Quantity

Position: 190

Loop: POC

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Mai Use: 500

Purpose: To specify destination and quantity detail. Notes: 1. Use this segment when known quantities of the line item are to be delivered to multiple locations on the same date, and the locations can be identified by a DUNs

number, a CAGE code, a Contractor Establishment Code, a DoDAAC, or a MAPAC.

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data fi"om, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

Syntax Notes: 1 If either SDQ05 or SDQ06 is present, then the other is required.

2 If either SDQ07 or SDQ08 is present, then the other is required.

3 If either SDQ09 or SDQ10 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SDQl 1 or SDQ12 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SDQ13 or SDQ14 is present, then the other is required.

6 If either SDQ15 or SDQ16 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SDQ17 or SDQ18 is present, tlien the other is required.

8 If either SDQ19 or SDQ20 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SDQ21 or SDQ22 is present, tlien the other is required.

Semantic Notes: 1 SDQ23 identifies the area within the location identified in SDQ03, SDQ05, SDQ07,

SDQ09, SDQl I, SDQ13, SDQ15, SDQ17, SDQ19, and SDQ21.

Comments: 1 SDQ02 is used only if different than previously defined in the transaction set. 2 SDQ03 is the store number.

3 SDQ23 may be used to identify areas within a store, e.g. front room, back room,

selling outpost, end aisle display, etc. The value is agreed to by trading partners or

industry conventions.

M

Ref. Pes. SDQOlData

Element

355

SDQOl 66

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or maimer in which a measurement has been taken

7. Use the same code as specified in POC05.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codes to ASCX12 codes. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Identification Code Qualifier O ID 1/2

Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67). While the Federal EDI program uses the DUNs number, other government

users ofthis implementation convention may require the use ofother and

additional numbersfor a transition period in order to cross reference existing

data bases to new procurement actions

1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet Use ofthe DUNs number is preferred over other codes

to identify a namedparty.

10 Department of Defense Activity Address Code

35FED860 155 AprU24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

33

A2

ZC

M SDQ03 67 Identification Code

Code identifying a party or other code. M SDQ04 380 Quantity

Numeric value of quantity.

SDQ05 67 Identification Code

Code identiiying a party or other code. SDQ06 380 Quantity

Numeric value of quantity.

SDQ07 67 Identification Code

Code identifying a party or other code. SDQ08 380 Quantity

Numeric value of quantity.

SDQ09 67 Identification Code

Code identifying a party or other code. SDQIO 380 Quantity

Numeric value of quantity.

SDQll 67 Identification Code

Code identifying a party or other code. SDQ12 380 Quantity

Numeric value of quantity.

SDQ13 67 Identification Code

Code identifying a party or other code. SDQ14 380 Quantity

Numeric value of quantity.

SDQ15 67 Identification Code

Code identifying a party or other code. SDQ16 380 Quantity

Numeric value of quantity.

SDQ17 67 Identification Code

Code identifying a party or other code. SDQ18 380 Quantity

Niuneric value of quantity.

SDQ19 67 Identification Code

Code identifying a party or other code. SDQ20 380 Quantity

Nimieric value of quantity.

SDQ21 67 Identification Code

Code identifying a party or other code.

(DODAAC)

Use to indicate a Department ofDefense or a Civilian

Agency Activity Address Code.

Commercial and Govermnent Entity (CAGE)

Military Assistance Program Address Code (MAPAC)

Contained in the Military Assistance Program Address

Directory (MAPAD); represents the location of an

entity Contractor Establishment Code

M AN 2/20

M R

R

R

R

1/15

AN 2/20

1/15

AN 2/20

1/15

AN 2/20

1/15

AN 2/20

1/15

AN 2/20

1/15

AN 2/20

1/15

AN 2/20

1/15

X AN 2/20

1/15

X AN 2/20

35FED860 156 April 24, 1995
Federal S60 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FED1

SDQ22 380 Quantity X R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity.

SDQ23 310 Location Identifier O AN 1/30

Code which identifies a specific location.

35FED860 157 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: DTM Date/Time Reference

Position: 200

Loop: POC

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 10 Purpose: To specify pertinent dates and times Notes: 1. Use this 2/DTM/200 segment to provide actual dates applicable to the line item. Use

the l/DTM/150 segment when the date applies to all of the line items.

2. Use this segment for delivery information when the required delivery can be specified as an actual date. If the required delivery schedule is expressed as a set time period after the occurrence of some event, use the 2/LDT/332 loop or the 2/LDT/45I loop if the

delivery schedule is applicable to a named entity.

3. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM06 is required. 2 If either DTM06 or DTM07 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Des. Element Name Attributes

M DTMOl 374 Date/Time Qualifier M ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time. 002 Delivery Requested Use to indicate that delivery is being requested earlier than required by a basic award instrument.

017 Estimated Delivery

037 Ship Not Before

063 Do Not Deliver After Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made after a

specified date and/or time. 064 Do Not Deliver Before

Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made beftjre a

specified date and/or time. 065 1st Schedule Delivery

066 1st Schedule Ship

077 Requested for Delivery (Week of) When this code is used, cite the beginning day ofthe week. 106 Required By

Use to indicate that deliveries are due exactly on the specified date. 174 Month Ending

Use to indicate delivery is required within the specified

month. In DTM02, identify the month and cite the last calendar day ofthe month.

181 Stop Work (as of)

35FED860 158 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 • Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

193 Period Start Use to indicate the performance period start date. 194 Period End

Use to indicate the performance period end date. 227 Lease Term Start 228 Lease Term End

275 Approved

Date report was approved by contractor representative Use to indicate the approval date ofa Contract Data

Requirements List. 368 Submittal Date an item was submitted to a customer When REFOl is code TN, use to indicate the date ofa

related transaction set. 375 Delivery Start The date that deliveries will begin Use to indicate the start date/time for deliveries when

the total quantity is to be delivered during a specified

period.

316 Delivery End

The date that deliveries will end

Use to indicate the end date/time when the total quantity is to be delivered during a specified period.

405 Production

Used to identify dates and times that operations or

processes were performed Use to indicate the preparation date ofa Contract Data Requirements List. 600 As Of

Use to indicate the "as of date for submission ofdata. 601 First Submission Use to indicate the date ofthe first submission ofa

data item specified by a Contract Data Requirements

List. 602 Subsequent Submission Use to indicate the date(s) ofa subsequent

submission(s) ofa data item specified by a Contract Data Requirements List. 937 Department of Labor Wage Determination Date

Use to indicate the date ofa Department ofLabor

Wage Determination. Ifrevisions or modifications are

applicable to a Wage Determination, cite the date of

the most recent revision or modification in DTM02.

994 Quote

The date on which a (price) quote was rendered

When REFOl is code PR, use to indicate the date ofthe quote or offer. 996 Required Delivery

A date on which or before, ordered goods or services must be delivered

35FED860 159 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

DTM02

DTM03

DTM04

DTM05

DTM06

Use to indicate delivery is due on or before the specified date. 373 Date X DT 6/6

Date (YYMMDD).

337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59),

S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Ifapplicable, use to identify the time for a delivery. Specify the time only in the HHMMformat.

623 Time Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards

Organization standard 8601, time can be specified by a + or - and an indication

in hours in relation to Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) time. Since + is a

restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the codes that follow. Use only when DTM03 is used to express a time. CT Central Time

ET Eastern Time

GM Greenwich Mean Time

LT Local Time

MT Mountain Time

PT Pacific Time

O NO 2/2

The first two characters in the designation of the year (CCYY).

Date Time Period Format Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code indicating tlie date format, time format, or date and time format.

/. Use any code.

624 Century

1250

DTM07

2. Use to qualify a date when necessary to express the date in other than

YYMMDDformat. Use also, to qualify a range ofdates or times. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 1251 Date Time Period X AN 1/35

Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times. Use to identify a time range for deliveries on a specified date, e.g., use code

RTM in DTM06 to qualify a delivery time range for March 30, 1994 between

1:00 PM and 4:00 PM local time. Use DTMOl/02 to convey the March 30,

1994 date.

35FED860 160 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modificalions to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit Time)

Position: 240

Loop: POC

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 12 Purpose: To specify the carrier, sequence of routing and to pro"i/ide Uansit time information

Notes: 1. Use the 2/TD5/240 segment to specify the transportation method that is applicable to a specific line item. Use the 2/TD5/420 segment if the transportation method for the line item applies to a named entity.

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of TD502 TD504 TD505 TD506 or TD5 12 is required. 2 If TD502 is present, then TD503 is required.

3 If TD507 is present, then TD508 is required.

4 If TD5 10 is present, then TD5 1 1 is required.

Semantic Notes: Comments: When specif>'ing a routing sequence to be used for tlie sliipment movement in lieu of specifying each carrier witliin the movement: use TD502 to identify the party

responsible for defining the routing sequence; use TD503 to identify the actual routing sequence, specified by the party identified in TD502.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Des. TD501

TD502

Data

Element

133

66

TD503

TD504

67

91

Name Attributes

Routing Sequence Code O ID 1/2

Code describing the relationship of a carrier to a specific shipment movement.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Identification Code Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67). 10 Department of Defense Activity Address Code

(DODAAC)

When TD504 is code PL, use to indicate the DoDAAC

ofthe pipeline.

Identification Code X AN 2/20

Code identifying a party or other code. Transportation Method/Type Code X ID 1/2

Code specifying the method or type of transportation for the shipment.

/. Use any code.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codes to ASCX12 codes. D Parcel Post Use to indicate the U.S. Postal Service and not a private carrier. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X TD505 387 Routing X AN 1/35

Free-form description of the routing or requested routing for shipment, or the originating carrier's identity.

35FED860 161 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 • Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

X TD506 368 Shipment/Order Status Code X ID 2/2

Code indicating the status of an order or shipment or the disposition of any

difference between the quantity ordered and the quantity shipped for a line item

or transaction. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X TD507 309 Location Qualifier O D) 1/2

Code identifying type of location. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X TD508 310 Location Identifier X AN 1/30

Code which identifies a specific location. X TD509 731 Transit Direction Code O ID 2/2

The point of origin and point of direction. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X TD510 732 Transit Time Direction Qualifier O ID 2/2

Code specilying the value of time used to measure the transit time. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X TD511 733 Transit Time X R 1/4

The numeric amount of transit time. TD512 284 Service Level Code X ID 2/2

Code defining service Use any code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED860 162 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling or Hazardous Materials or Both)

Position: 260

Loop: POC

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 5 Purpose: To specily transportation special handling requirements or hazardous materials

information or both

Notes: 1. Use the 2/TD4/260 segment to provide special handling or hazardous material

information that applies to a specific line item. Use the 2/TD4/440 segment when the information applies to a named entity.

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 At least one of TD40 1 TD402 or TD404 is required. 2 If TD402 is present, then TD403 is required.

Ref. Des. TD401Data

Element

152

TD402

TD403

TD404

Data Element Summary

Name

Special Handling Code

Code specifying special transportation handling instructions. Any code may be used but the listed codes are preferred.

Attributes

X H) 2/3

AMM A.M. Delivery Requirement

DA Dangerous

EP Expedite

EX Explosive Flammable Gas

FG Flammable Gas

FL Flammable

FP Flammable Poison Gas

HM Endorsed as Hazardous Material

LT Less Than Full Carload

LTT Less Than Truckload

NC Notify Consignee Before Delivery

PG Poisonous Gas PMM

PMM Delivery Requirement

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 208 Hazardous Material Code Qualifier X H) 1/1 Code which qualifies the Hazardous Material Class Code (209).

Use any code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 209 Hazardous Material Class Code X AN 2/4

Code specifying the kind of hazard for a material. 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content. Use offree form text is discouraged ifthe information can be provided by some

other means within the transaction set.

35FED860 163 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: MAN Marks and Numbers

Position: 270

Loop: POC

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 10

Purpose: To indicate identifying marks and numbers for shipping containers Notes: 1. Use the 2/MAN/270 segment to provide marks and numbers that apply to a specific

line item. Use the l/MAN/270 segment to identify marks and numbers that apply to all of the line items.

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

3. Use to identify such data as a MILSTRIP/FEDSTRIP number. Transportation Control

number. Project Priority number, and consignee related codes.

1 If either MAN04 or MAN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If MAN06 is present, then MAN05 is required.

1 MAN01/MAN02 and MAN04/MAN05 may be used to identify two different marks

and numbers assigned to the same physical container. 2 When both MAN02 and MAN03 are used, MAN02 is the starting number of a

sequential range and MAN03 is the ending number of that range. 3 When both MAN05 and MAN06 are used, MAN05 is the starting number of a

sequential range, and MAN06 is the ending number of that range.

1 When MANOl contains code UC (U.P.C. Shipping Container Code) and

MAN05/MAN06 contain a range of ID numbers, MAN03 is not used. The reason

for this is that the U.P.C. Shipping Container code is the same on every carton that

is represented in the range in MAN05/MAN06.

2 MAN03 and/or MAN06 are only used when sending a range(s) of ID numbers.

When both MAN02/MAN03 and MAN05/MAN06 are used to send ranges of ID

numbers, the integrity of the two ID numbers must be maintained.

Data Element Summary

M

M

Ref. Pes. MANOl

MAN02

MAN03

MAN04

MAN05

MAN06

Data

Element

88

87

87

88

87

87

Name Attributes

Marks and Numbers Qualifier M ID 1/2

Code specifying the application or source of Marks and Numbers (87). L Line Item Only

Marks and Numbers M AN 1/45

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment.

Marks and Numbers O AN 1/45

Marks and numbers used to identify a sliipment or parts of a shipment.

Marks and Numbers Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code specifying the application or source of Marks and Numbers (87). L Line Item Only

Marks and Numbers X AN 1/45

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment.

Marks and Numbers O AN 1/45

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment.

35FED860 164 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

M

Ref. Pes. TXIOl

TXI02

TXI03

TXI04

TXI05

TXI06

TXI07

TXI Tax Infonnation

290

POC

Detail

Optional

>1

To specify tax information.

Use this 2/TXI/290 segment to identify taxes that apply to individual line item amounts. Use the l/TXI/275 segment to identify taxes that apply to the entire order amount.

1 At least one of TXI02 TXI03 or TXI06 is required. 2 If either TXI04 or TXI05 is present, then the other is required.

3 If TXI08 is present, then TXI03 is required.

1 TXI07 is a code indicating the relationship of the price or amount to the associated

segment.

1 TXI02 is the monetary amount of the tax. 2 TXI03 is the tax percent expressed as a decimal.

3 If TXI02 is not used, then the application of the percent (TXI03) is between trading

partners.

Data

Element

963

782

954

955

956

441

662

TXI08 828

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Tax Type Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying the type of tax. Use any code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Monetary Amount X R 1/15

Monetary amount. Percent X R 1/10

Percentage expressed as a decimal

Cite 4.25% as 4.25; cite 3% as 3 (note: leading and trailing zeros are

suppressed)

Tax Jurisdiction Code Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the source of the data used in tax jurisdiction code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Tax Jurisdiction Code X AN 1/10

Code identifying the taxing jurisdiction.

Tax Exempt Code X ID 1/1

Code identifying exemption status from sales and use tax. Use any code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Relationship Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating the relationship between entities A Add

D Delete

I Included

Dollar Basis For Percent O R 1/9

Dollar basis to be used in the percent calculation of the allowance, charge or tax

35FED860 165 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

TXI09 325 Tax Identification Number O AN 1/20

Number assigned to a piu-chaser (buyer, orderer) by a taxing jurisdiction (state, county, etc.), often called a tax exemption number or certificate number.

When TXI06 is used, provide the purchasing activity's tax exempt number when

required by the taxingjurisdiction.

Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set.

1. Use to identify the ACRN, project code, funding code, or accounting code to which a tax is applicable. These codes and their relationship to the financial

accounting data they represent are established in the l/AMT/277 loop.

2. Use only when TXI07 is code A.

TXIIO 350 Assigned IdeDtification O AN 1/11

35FED860 166 April 24, 1995
Federal S60 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

SPI Speciflcation Identifier

291

POC

Detail

Optional

>1

To provide a description of the included specification or technical data items.

1. Use this segment to identify those elements of the modification that are classified and

to specify the level of classification. ^

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 If either SPI02 or SPI03 is present, then the other is required.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Pes. M SPIOl

Data

Element

786

SPI02 128

SPI03

SPI04

SPI05

SPI06

127

790

791

792

Name Attributes

Security Level Code M ID 2/2

Code indicating the level of confidentiality assigned by the sender to the information following. Use to identify the level ofclassification assigned to the items identified in SPI02/03.

92 Government Confidential

93 Government Secret 94 Government Top Secret Reference Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

1. Use to identify items within the transaction set that are classified, e.g., FMS

case number, drawing number, SOIV, etc. Use SP104 to further define the number or description ofthe item cited in SPI03, ifnecessary.

2. Use any code. DD Document Identification Use to indicate an Engineering Data List. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Reference Number X AN 1/30

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

Entity Title O AN 1/132

Title of the data entity. Use only ifnecessary to further define the item cited in SPI03.

Entity Purpose O AN 1/80

The reason for the existence of the data item specified by the electronic data

item independent of its presence in an EDI transaction. Entity Status Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating the current status of the data item specified by the electronic data item. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED860 167 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

X

X

X

SPI07 353 Transaction Set Purpose Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying purpose of transaction set. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. SPI08 755 Report Type Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating the title or contents of a dociunent, report or supporting item

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. SPI09 786 Security Level Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating the level of confidentiality assigned by the sender to the information following.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. SPIIO 559 Agency Qualifier Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. SPIll 822 Source Subqualifier O AN 1/15

A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier.

SPI12 554 Assigned Number O NO 1/6

Number assigned for differentiation within a transaction set. SPI13 1322 Certification Type Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating the type of certification Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. SPI14 1401 Proposal Data Detail Identifier Code O ID 1/3

Code identifying the basis of a cited value in a proposal.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED860 168 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: Message Text

Position: 292

Loop: POC

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: >1

Purpose: To provide a free form format that would allow the transmission of text information. Notes: 1. Use to provide plain text information not associated with a lead time, a clause, or an

3. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to wliich the modification applies.

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 MSG02 is not related to the specific characteristics of a printer, but identifies top of

page, advance a line, etc.

address.

2. Use of free form text is discouraged if the information can be provided by some other means within the transaction set.

Data Element Summary

M

Ref. Pes. MSGOlData

Element

933

Name Attributes

Free-Form Message Text M AN

Free-form message text. Printer Carriage Control Code O ID

A field to be used for the control of the line feed of the receiving printer.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

1/264

X MSG02 934 2/2

35FED860 169 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instniment RELEASE -FEDl

Segment

Position

Loop

Level

Usage

Max Use

Purpose

Notes

SCH Line Item Schedule

295

SCH

Detail

Optional

1To specify the data for scheduling a specific line item.

1. Use the 2/SCH/220 segment to identify a partial delivery when it can be specified as an actual date and there is only one ship-to addressee.

2. If there is more than one entity receiving partial shipments use the 2/SCH/405

segment.

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

3. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 If SCH03 is present, then SCH04 is required.

2 If SCH08 is present, then at least one of SCH09 or SCHIO is required.

3 If SCH09 is present, then SCH08 is required.

4 If SCHIO is present, then SCH08 is required.

1 SCH12 is the schedule identification. 1 SCH05 specifies the interpretation to be used for SCH06 and SCH07.

Data Element Summary

M

M

Ref. Pes. SCHOl

SCH02

Data

Element

380

355

X

M

SCH03

SCH04

SCH05

98

93

374

Name Attributes

Quantity M R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity.

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codes to ASCX12 codes. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Entity Identifier Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, or an individual

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Name X AN 1/35

Free-form name. Date/Time Qualifier M ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time. 002

017

037

063

064

Delivery Requested

Use to indicate that delivery is being requested earlier than required by a basic award instrument.

Estimated Delivery

Ship Not Before

Do Not Deliver After Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made after a

specified date and/or time. Do Not Deliver Before

35FED860 170 April 24, 1995
Federal S60 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

M SCH06

SCH07

SCH08

Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made before a

specified date and/or time. 065 1st Schedule Delivery

066 1st Schedule Ship

077 Requested for Delivery (Week of) When this code is used, cite the beginning day ofthe week.

106 Required By

Use to indicate that deliveries are due exactly on the specified date. 174 Month Ending

When this code is used, cite the last date ofthe month.

358 Cycle Begin

Date on which the cycle begins

375 Delivery Start The date that deliveries will begin

996 Required Delivery

A date on which or before, ordered goods or services must be delivered Use to indicate that delivery is due on or before the specified date. 373 Date M DT 6/6 Date (YYMMDD).

337 Time O TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Ifapplicable, use to identify the time for a delivery. Specify the time only in the HEMMformat.

374 Date/Time Qualifier X ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time. 002 Delivery Requested

Use to indicate that delivery is being requested earlier than required by a basic award instrument. 017 Estimated Delivery

037 Ship Not Before

063 Do Not Deliver After Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made after a

specified date and/or time. 064 Do Not Deliver Before Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made before a

specified date and/or time. Oni Requested for Delivery (Week of) When this code is used, cite the beginning day ofthe week.

106 Required By

Use to indicate that deliveries are due exactly on the specified date. 174 Month Ending

35FED860 171 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

When this code is used, cite the last date ofthe month.

359 Cycle End

Date on which the cycle ends

376 Delivery End

The date that deliveries will end

Use to indicate the end ofa period ofperformance.

996 Required Delivery

A date on which or before, ordered goods or services must be delivered Use to indicate that delivery is due on or before the specified date. SCH09 373 Date X DT 6/6

Date (YYMMDD).

SCHIO 337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59),

S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Ifapplicable, use to identify the time for a delivery. Specify the time only in the HHMMformat.

SCHll 326 Request Reference Number O AN 1/45

Reference number or RFQ number to use to identify a particular transaction set and query (additional reference number or description which can be used with

contract number).

Use, as applicable, to cross-reference the cited line item to an RFQ or

requisition number.

SCHll 350 Assigned Identification O AN 1/11

Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set.

35FED860 172 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Segment: N9 Reference Number

Position: 320

Loop: N9

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying numbers and descriptive information as specified by the

reference nixmber qualifier Notes: 1. Use the 2/N9/320 loop to identify- various clauses (e.g., FAR, DFARS, FIRMR,

GSARS, VAARS, Agency, or other clauses), 0MB Circular, special instructions, or

other references that are applicable to a specific line item. If the information applies to

all of the line items, use the 1/N9/280 loop.

2. When an Alternate section is applicable to a cited clause, the alpha/numeric alternate

identifier and date must be cited in the following MSG segment.

3. When citing a clause in N902, the date of the clause MUST be cited in N904 and the

title of the clause may be optionally cited in the following MSG segment.

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

4. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required.

1 N906 reflects the time zone wliich the time reflects.

M

Ref. Pes. N901Data

Element

128

Data Element Summary

Name

Reference Number Qualifier

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

Attributes

M ID 2/2

73 Statement of Work (SOW)

Description of a product or service to be procured imder

a contract; statement of requirements

BB Authorization Number

Proves tliat permission was obtained to provide a

service Use to indicate the Code ofFederal Regulations.

CJ Clause Number

Use to indicate a purchasing activity clause (i.e., a

clause notfound in FAR, FAR, FIRMR, etc.). Identify

the purchasing activity issuing the clause in N903.

DF Defense Federal Acquisition Regulations (DFAR)

DX Department/Agency Number

Use to indicate an Agency clause and identify the agency in N903.

EC Circular Use to indicate an 0MB Circular number.

FA Federal Acquisition Regulations (FAR)

GS General Services Administration Regulations (GSAR)

35FED860 173 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

H4 Federal Information Resources Management

Regulation

K7 Paragraph Number

Use to indicate information for a contractor. Cite an

applicable number in N902 andprovide the information in the following MSG segment. The

numbering system can be based on the uniform

contractformat, e.g., H-1 for special requirements or any other numbering system the originator desires. KD Special Instructions Number

Use to indicate a special instruction. Indicate the agency or purchasing activity issuing the special

instruction in N903. Ifthis special instruction number

is not included in previously provided terms and

conditions, provide the full text in the following MSG

segment.

KY Site Specific Procedures, Terms, and Conditions

A set of procedures, terms, and conditions, applicable

to a category of procurement emanating from a specific

location, which will be incorporated into all procurement actions in that category by referencing its unique number rather than by incorporating the lengthy

details it represents

KZ Master Solicitation Procedures, Terms, and Conditions

A set of standard procedures, terms, and conditions,

applicable to a category of procurement, which will be

incorporated into all procurement actions in that category by referencing its unique number rather than

by incorporating the lengthy details it represents Use to indicate the Master Solicitation number that contains applicable terms and conditions. VB Department of Veterans Affairs Acquisition

Regulations (VAAR)

ZZ Mutually Defined Use to indicate any other reference number that cannot

use a specific qualifier code. Indicate the source ofthe reference in N903 and use the following MSG segment,

ifnecessary, to pass text. N902 127 Reference Number X AN 1/30

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

N903 369 Free-form Description X AN 1/45

Free-form descriptive text.

1. When N901 is code CJ or DX, use to identify the agency or purchasing

activity issuing the clause cited in N902.

2. Use offree form text is discouraged if the information can be provided by some other means within the transaction set.

3. When N901 is code ZZ, use to identify the source ofthe reference and use the following MSG segmentfor text, ifnecessary. N904 373 Date O DT 6/6 Date (YYMMDD).

35FED860 174 April 24, 1995
Fedwal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Use to identify the date ofthe clause cited in N902. The DD (day) portion ofthe date is always 01. X N905 337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59),

S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

X N906 623 Time Code O D) 2/2

Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards

Organization standard 8601, time can be specified by a + or - and an indication

in hoiu^ in relation to Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) time. Since + is a

restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the codes that follow. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED860 175 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: MSG Message Text

Position: 330

Loop: N9

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1000

Purpose: To provide a free form format that would allow the transmission of text information. Notes: 1. Use this 2/MSG/330 segment to carry the title or full text of any clause if it is required, a special instruction, or other information associated with the number cited in N902.

2. This segment is also used to carry clause fiU-in information that is not provided

elsewhere within the transaction set. When providing fill-in information, the clause title, if cited, and the alternate identifier and date, if applicable, will be the first data

provided. This data will be followed by a numeric designation of the fill-ins being

provided. Each fill-in will be preceded by the paragraph or section identifier in the

clause where the fill-in information is to be inserted (if identifies are included in the

clause). If there is no paragraph or section designator, the required information will immediately follow the numeric designation of the fill-ins being provided.

3. A pipe sign (|) will be inserted after each data item. As an example, the fill-in information required by FAR 52.212-3 will be provided as follows:

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Commencement, Prosecution, and Completion of Work] Alternative I (Apr 1984)| 3| (a) 30| (c) SEP 30, 19951 Jan 15, 1995|

4. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data fi-om, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 MSG02 is not related to the specific characteristics of a printer, but identifies top of

page, advance a line, etc.

M

X

Ref. Pes. MSGOl

MSG02

Data

Element

933

934

Data Element Summary

Name

Free-Form Message Text

Free-form message text. Printer Carriage Control Code O ID

A field to be used for the control of the line feed of the receiving printer,

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Attributes

M AN 1/264

2/2

35FED860 176 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes: Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes:

LS Loop Header

331

POC

Detail

Optional

1To indicate that the next segment begins a loop

Use only if the 2/LDT/332 segment is used to avoid collision between segments.

1 One loop may be nested contained within another loop, provided the inner nested loop terminates before the outer loop. When specified by the standard setting body

as "mandatory", this segment in combination with "LE", must be used. It is not to be used if not specifically set forth for use. The loop identifier in the loop header

and trailer must be identical. The value for the identifier is the loop ID of the required loop segment. The loop ID number is given on the transaction set diagram

in the appropriate ASC X12 version/release.

Comments: 1 See Figures Appendix for an explanation of the use of the LS and LE segments.

M

Ref. Pes. LSOl

Data

Element

447

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Loop Identifier Code M AN 1/4

The loop ID number given on tlie transaction set diagram is the value for this data element in segments LS and LE

35FED860 177 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 • Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: LDT Lead Time

Position: 332

Loop: LDT

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify lead time for availability of products and services. Notes: 1. Use this 2/LDT/332 loop when the delivery schedule is expressed as a set time period

after the occurrence of some event and varies by line item. If the delivery is appli(^le to a named entity, use the 2/LDT/45 1 loop. If this segment is used, the 2/DTM/200

segment is not used to describe delivery schedule.

2. The following are examples of how the LDT loop can be used to specify a delivery schedule:

Example 1: Deliver 50 each 180 days after date of order.

LDT*AY*180*DAn/l

QTY*lJ*50*EAn/l

Example 2: Deliver the total quantity of 500 each as follows: 50 per month commencing

180 days after date of order.

LDT*AY*180*DAn/l

QTY*IJ*50*MOn/l

Example 3: Deliver the total quantity of 20,500 each as follows: 2500 each per quarter

conunencing 90 days after date of order until half the order is completed, then 1000 per month until the total order is complete.

LDT*AY*90*DA n/1 QTY*1J*2500*Q1 n/1 QTY*1K*4*Q1 n/1 LDT*AM*l*MOn/l

QTY*lJ*1000*MOn/l

QTY*lK*10*MOn/l

LDT*AK*l*MOn/l

QTY*lJ*500*EAn/l

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

3. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 LDT04 is the effective date of lead time information.

1 LDT02 is the quantity of Unit of Time Periods.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Des. Element Name Attributes

M LDTOl 345 Lead Time Code M D) 2/2

Code indicating the time range. AA From date of PO receipt to sample ready.

AD From date of sample approval to first product shipment

35FED860 178 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

AE From date of PO receipt to shipment.

AF From date of PO receipt to delivery.

AH From Date of Receipt of First Article to First Article Approval

AI From Date of a Specified Event to Deliveiy

When this code is used, identify the specified event in the following MSG segment. Ifthe specified event is the scheduling ofa shipment or the requesting ofshipping

instructions, cite the contact communications number

in the 2/PER/l 10 segment.

AJ From Date of First Delivery to Date of Subsequent

Delivery(ies)

AK From Date Of Latest Delivery To Final Delivery

AM From Date Of Previous Delivery To Date Of

Subsequent Delivery

AV From Date of Award to Date of Latest Delivery

AW From Date of Award to Date of Earliest Delivery

AX From Date of Award to Date of Completion

AY From Date of Award to Date of Delivery

AZ From Date of Receipt of Item to Date of Approval of

Item M LDT02 380 Quantity M R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity.

M LDT03 344 Unit of Time Period or Interval M D) 2/2

Code indicating the time period or interval CY Calendar Year

DA Calendar Days

KK Ma.ximum Calendar Days

Use to indicate aflexible time period, e.g., Xnumber

ofdays or less. MO Month

QY Quarter of a Year

SA Semiannual

WK Weeks

LDT04 373 Date O DT 6/6

Date (YYMMDD).

Use to cite a date relevant to the lead time. For example, the start date ofthe cited activity.

35FED860 179 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: QTY Quantity

Position: 333

Loop: LDT

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: >1

Purpose: To specify quantity information. Notes: 1. Use this segment to specify the quantity of an item that is to be delivered in accordance with a delivery schedule. The deliverable quantity can be expressed as a

discrete quantity or a quantity per time period, e.g., 1000 per month. To indicate a

delivery rate per time period, cite in QTY02 the quantity to be delivered and cite in QTY03 the time period, e.g., days, weeks, months, quarters, years.

2. Use also, to indicate the length of the delivery period, e.g., 4 quarters or the number

of shipments.

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

3. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Pes. Element Name Attributes

M QTYOl 673 Quantity Qualifier M ID 2/2

Code specifying the type of quantity.

IJ Due

The amount due to the customer Use to indicate the quantity to be delivered. IK Time Units

The number of time units such as 8 (hours) Use to indicate the length ofthe delivery period.

52 Number of Originals Use to indicate the number ofregular copies ofa data

item on a Contract Data Requirements List that are to be delivered. K6 Drafts Use to indicate the number ofdraft copies ofa data

item on a Contract Data Requirements List that are to be delivered. KF Duplicates Use to indicate the number ofreproducible copies ofa

data item on a Contract Data Requirements list that are to be delivered to all addressees on an exhibit

distribution list. SA * Shipments

Use to indicate the number ofshipments expected to complete the deliverable quantity.

M QTY02 380 Quantity M R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity.

35FED860 180 April 24, 1995
Federal S60 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

1. When QTYOl is code IJ, cite the quantity to be delivered.

2. When QTYOl is code IK, cite the length ofthe delivery period in this data

element, e.g., 4, and in QTY03 identify the time measurement ofthe delivery

period, e.g., months.

QTY03 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measiu"ement has been taken

1. Use any code.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codes to ASCX12 codes.

DA Days

When QTYOl is code IJ, use to indicate frequency ofdelivery. When QTYOl is code IK, use to indicate the length ofthe delivery period.

MO Months

When QTYOl is code IJ, use to indicate frequency ofdelivery. When QTYOl is code IK, use to indicate the length ofthe delivery period.

Ql Quarter (Time)

When QTYOl is code IJ, use to indicate frequency ofdelivery. When QTYOl is code IK, use to indicate the length ofthe delivery period.

WK Week

When QTYOl is code IJ, use to indicate frequency ofdelivery. When QTYOl is code IK, use to indicate the length ofthe delivery period.

YR Years

When QTYOl is code IJ, use to indicate frequency ofdelivery. When QTYOl is code IK, use to indicate the length ofthe delivery period.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED860 181 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

M

X

Ref. Pes. MSGOl

MSG02

MSG Message Text

334

LDT

Detail

Optional

1To provide a free form format that would allow the transmission of text information.

1. When LDTOl is code AI, use to identify the specified event

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 MSG02 is not related to the specific characteristics of a printer, but identifies top of

page, advance a line, etc.

Data Element Summary

Data

Element

933

934

Name Attributes

Free-Form Message Text M AN 1/264

Free-form message text. Printer Carriage Control Code O ID 2/2

A field to be used for the control of the line feed of the receiving printer.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED860 182 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: REF Reference Numbers

Position: 335

Loop: LDT

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 3 Purpose: To specily identifying numbers.

Notes: 1. Use this segment to identify reference numbers applicable to a delivery, e.g., a

requisition niunber, an ACRN, a GBL, etc.

Syntai Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.

M

Ref. Pes. REFOlData

Element

128

REF02

REF03

127

352

Data Element Summary

Name

Reference Number Qualifier

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

Attributes

M ID 2/2

10

IZ

AT

AX

BL

FU

IL

Account Managers Code

Identifies the telecommunications manager assigned to

this account Use to indicate an accounting code. Financial Detail Code

Appropriation Number

When used, cite the number in REF03.

Government Accounting Class Reference Number

(ACRN)

Government Bill of Lading

Fund Code

Defense Fuel Supply Center to bill back fuel purchases

to the appropriate service or agency account fund

Internal Order Number

Use to indicate the requisition (MILSTRIP/FEDSTRIP

document) number.

Project Code

Transportation Control Number (TCN)

Transportation Account Code (TAC)

X AN 1/30

P4

TO

TH

Reference Number

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content. When REFOl is code AT, use to identify the appropriation number.

35FED860 183 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: LM Code Source Information

Position: 336

Loop: LM

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit standard code list identification information Notes: 1. Use this 2/LM/336 segment to provide the codes from DoD 5010. 12-M that identify the frequency of delivery for a CDRL data item.

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 LM02 identifies the applicable industry code list source information.

Ref. Pes. M LMOl

LM02

Data

Element

559

822

Data Element Summary

Name

Agency Qualifier Code

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values. DF Department of Defense (DoD)

Source Subqualifier

Attributes

M ID 2/2

O AN 1/15

A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier.

35FED860 184 April 24, 1995
Federal S60 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: Industry Code

Position: 337

Loop: LM

Level: Detail

Usage: Mandatory

Mai Use: >1

Purpose: Code to transmit standard industry codes

Notes: Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

Syntax Notes: 1 If LQOl is present, then LQ02 is required.

Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary

Ref. Pes. LQOlData

Element

1270

Name

Code List Qualifier Code

Code identitying a specific industry code list

Attributes

O ID 1/3

FX Frequency

Use to indicate the deliveryfrequency code for a data

item deliverable on a Contract Data Requirements List (DD Form 1423).

LQ02 1271 Industry Code

Code indicating a code

X AN 1/20

from a specific industry code list

35FED860 185 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes: Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes:

Comments:

LE Loop Trailer

338

POC

Detail

Optional

1To indicate that the loop inunediately preceding this segment is complete

Use only if the 2/LDT/332 segment is used to avoid collision between segments.

1 One loop may be nested contained within another loop, provided the iimer nested

loop terminates before tlie other loop. When specified by the standards setting body

as ''mandatory", this segment in combination with ''LS", must be used. It is not to be used if not specifically set forth for use. The loop identifier in the loop header

and trailer must be identical. The value for the identifier is the loop ID of the required loop begirming segment. The loop ID number is given on the transaction

set diagram in the appropriate ASC XI 2 version/release.

1 See Figures Appendix for an explanation of the use of the LE and LS segments.

M

Ref. Pes. LEOlData

Element

447

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Loop Identifier Code M AN 1/4

The loop ID number given on the transaction set diagram is the value for this data element in segments LS and LE

35FED860 186 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: Name

Position: 340

Loop: Nl

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name and code

Notes: 1. Use the 2/N1/340 segment to identify organizations and locations that apply to a

specific line item. Use the l/Nl/300 segment to identify organizations and locations that apply to all of the line items.

2. Whenever possible, identification and address information should be provided using

NlOl, N103, and N104. Use N102 and segments N2 through N4, as applicable, when

address information cannot be provided using one of the codes listed in N103.

3. When this segment is used to provide a ship to address for distribution of a data item on a Contract Data Requirements List, N102 should be used to specify the office symbol

or code within the receiving organization if necessary.

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

4. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required.

1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing

organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must

provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party. 2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in NlOl.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Des. Element Name Attributes

M NlOl 98 Entity Identifier Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, or an individual

28 Subcontractor

3 1 Postal Mailing Address

Use only when an actual mailing address is required

and it is differentfrom the address providedfor any

other qualifier code. Do not use ifanother qualifier

code can be used to pass this address. When used, cite the name ofthe party in N102 and the N2 segment, if necessary. 61 Performed At

The facility where work was performed

Use to indicate the place ofperformance when it is other than the contractor's mailing address. 7D Contracting Officer Representative

7G Hazardous Material Office

7H Government Furnished Property FOB Point

7L Preliminary Inspection Location Use to indicate the inspection location for afirst

35FED860 187 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instniment RELEASE - FEDl

article. 7M Inspection and Acceptance Location

7P Transportation Office

88 Approver

Manufacturer's representative approving claim for payment

Use to indicate the party approving a Contract Data

Requirements List. AE Additional Delivery Address

Use to indicate a shipment in-place location. BT Bill-to-Party

Use to indicate the party who will provide

reimbursementfor the payment ofa contractor's

invoice. This is an internal government billed party

and not the party the contractor bills. Use is discouraged. Use only when the contractor or other

party receiving the order or copy ofthe order, needs to receive this information.

CY Country Use to indicate the country to which a Foreign Military

Sale applies. Cite "FMS" in N102 and cite the applicable ISO country code in N404.

E5 Examiner

Use to indicate a Grant Investigator. Data

maintenance has been submitted to ASCX12 to add a

code for Investigator. Ifapproved, we expect the code

will be available for use inASCX12 Version/Release

3060. In the meantime, use this code. IC Intermediate Consignee

IVhen FOB02 is code IT, use to indicate afreight

forwarder.

IS Party to Receive Certified Inspection Report

KA Item Manager

The address of the person responsible for the managment of an item of supply

Use to indicate the government inventory manager.

KF Audit Office

The office performing the audit

KG Project Manager

The address of the person responsible for the management of a designated project

KX Free on Board Point

Mien FOB02 is code KE, KL, KP or ZZ, use to specify

the other FOB point.

KY Technical Office

Use to indicate the technical office that has cognizance

* over the technical portion ofthe order, ifdifferentfrom

the office originating the order. Do not use unless it is intendedfor the contractor to deal directly with the cited party.

KZ Acceptance Location

35FED860 188 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Use when the acceptance point is other than at origin or destination. LI Inspection Location

Place where the item was viewed or inspected

01 Outside Inspection Agency

Use to indicate the inspecting activity is other than the Contract Administration OJJice. PI Preparer

The firm, organization, or individual who determines

the tax liability from information supplied by the taxpayer Use to indicate the preparer ofa Contract Data

Requirements List. PA Party to Receive Inspection Report

PC Party to Receive Cert, of Conformance (C.A.A.)

PN Party to Receive Shipping Notice

PO Party to Receive Invoice for Goods or Services Use to indicate where the invoice should be mailed.

PR Payer Use to indicate the paying office. PW Pick Up Address

R6 Requester Use to indicate the requesting agency/activity.

SM Party to Receive Shipping Manifest

ST Ship To

Ifthe address is an FPO orAPO, use the appropriate

code in MI 01, cite FPO orAPO in MI 02, cite the zip

code in N403, cite code AR in N405, and cite the two

letter identifier (AA for Miami, AEfor New York, AP

for San Francisco) in N406.

SV Service Performance Site When services are contracted for, this describes the organization for whom or location address at which

those services will be performed Use to indicate the location where a service, e.g., grass

cutting, is to be performed.

TS Party to Receive Certified Test Results X2 Party to Perform Packaging

A party responsible for packaging an item after it has

been produced

Z7 Mark-for Party

The party for whom the needed material is intended

ZD Party to Receive Reports

The organization designated to receive reports

N102 93 Name X AN 1/35

Free-form name. N103 66 Identiflcation Code Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67).

35FED860 189 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

N104

X N105

X N106

While the Federal EDIprogram uses the DUNs number, other government

users ofthis implementation convention may require the use ofother and

additional numbersfor a transition period in order to cross reference existing

data bases to new procurement actions

1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet Use ofthe DUNs number is preferred over other codes

to identify a namedparty.

Department of Defense Activity Address Code

(DODAAC)

Use to indicate a Department ofDefense or a Civilian

Agency Activity Address Code.

Commercial and Goverrmient Entity (CAGE)

Military Assistance Program Address Code (MAPAC)

Contained in the Military Assistance Program Address

Directory (MAPAD); represents the location of an

entity Contractor Establishment Code

10

33

A2

X AN 2/20

O ID 2/2

ZC

67 Identification Code

Code identifying a party or other code. 706 Entity Relationship Code

Code describing entity relationship.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 98 Entity Identifler Code O ID

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, or an individual

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

2/2

35FED860 190 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 • Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

N2 Additional Name Information

350

Nl

Detail

Optional

2To specify additional names or those longer than 35 characters in length

This segment is not necessary when the entity cited in NlOl is described using a code in N103/N104.

M

Ref. Pes. NlOl

N202

Data

Element

93

93

Data Element Summary

Name

Name

Free-form name. Name

Free-form name.

Attributes

M AN 1/35

O AN 1/35

35FED860 191 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

N3 Address Information

360

Nl

Detail

Optional

2To specify the location of the named party

This segment is not necessary when the entity cited in NlOl is described iising a code in N103/N104.

Data Element Summary

M

Ref. Pes. N301

N302

Data

Element

166

166

Name

Address Information

Address information

Address Information

Address information

Attributes

M AN 1/35

O AN 1/35

35FED860 192 April 24, 199S
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: N4 Geographic Location

Position: 370

Loop: Nl

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Notes: 1. This segment is not necessary when the entity cited in NlOl is described using a code

inN103/N104.

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrmnent to which the modification applies.

1 If N406 is present, then N405 is required.

1 A combination of either N401 through N404 (or N405 and N406) may be adequate

to specify a location. 2 N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the USA or Canada.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Pes. N401

N402

N403

N404

N405

N406

Data

Element

19

156

116

26

309

310

Name Attributes

City Name O AN 2/30

Free-form text for city name.

State or Province Code O D) 2/2

Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government agency. Postal Code O ID 3/11

Code defining international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks

(zip code for United States). Country Code O ID 2/3

Code identifying the country.

Location Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code identifying type of location. AR Armed Services Location Designation Use to indicate an Army Post Office (APO) or a Fleet Post Office (FPO).

Location Identifier O AN 1/30

Code which identifies a specific location. When N405 is code AR, cite the two letter APO or FPO identifier (AA for

Miami, AEfor New York, APfor San Francisco).

35FED860 193 April 24, 1995
Federal S60 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: REF Reference Numbers

Position: 380

Loop: Nl

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 12 Purpose: To specify identifying numbers.

Notes: 1. Use this segment to identify reference numbers applicable to a ship-to location, i.e., when NlOl is code ST. The number cited can be a reference number or code used in place of the financial accounting data, e.g., an ACRN, fund code, etc.; a transportation

control number; a GBL number; a requisition number; or the financial accounting

number.

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.

M

Ref. Pes. REFOl

Data

Element

128

REF02

REF03

127

352

Data Element Summary

Name

Reference Number Qualifier

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

Attributes

M ID 2/2

10 Account Managers Code

Identifies the telecommunications manager assigned to

this account Use to indicate an accounting code. Financial Detail Code

Appropriation Number

When used, cite the number in REF03.

Government Accounting Class Reference Number

(ACRN)

Govermnent Bill of Lading

Fund Code

Defense Fuel Supply Center to bill back fuel purchases

to the appropriate service or agency accoimt fund

Internal Order Number

Use to indicate the requisition (MILSTRIP/FEDSTRIP

document) number.

Project Code

Transportation Control Number (TCN)

Transportation Account Code (TAC)

X AN 1/30

IZ

AT

AX

BL

FU

IL

P4

TG

TH

Reference Number

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Nimiber Qualifier.

Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content. When REFOl is code AT, use to identify the appropriation number.

35FED860 194 April 24, 1995
Federal S60 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

PER Administrative Communications Contact

390

Nl

Detail

Optional

3To identify a person or ofiFice to whom administrative communications should be

directed Use this 2/PER/390 segment to identify the accepting official either at origin (NlOl is code C4) or at destination (NlOl is code ST).

1 If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required.

3 If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required.

Data Element Summary

M

Ref. Pes. PEROlData

Element

366

PEROl 93

PER03 365

Name Attributes

Contact Function Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named.

AV Advisor Use to indicate the government party who will work

with the contractor on basic R&D efforts in a

particular science area. BD Buyer Name or Department

Includes a Grants Management Specialist.

CN General Contact When NlOl is code ST, use to indicate the accepting

official at destination. RP Responsible Person Mien NlOl is code C4, use to indicate the accepting

official at origin.

Name O AN 1/35

Free-form name.

Cite last name first, followed byfirst name. Ifthe whole name is longer than 35

characters, truncate or use initialsfor the first name. Ifnecessary, use PER09

to cite the party's title. Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number.

AU

EM

FX

rr

TE

Defense Switched Network

Department of Defense telecommunications system and

successor of the Automatic Voice Network

(AUTOVON)

Electronic Mail

Facsimile

International Telephone

Include the country code. Telephone Use to indicate the commercial telephone number of

35FED860 195 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code. PER04 364 Communication Number X AN i/80

Complete communications number including country or area code when

applicable.

PER05 365 Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number.

Use to identify a second communications numberfor the party cited in PER02.

For example, ifPER03/04 cites a telephone number, PER05/06 can be used to

cite a FAX number.

AU Defense Switched Network

Department of Defense telecommunications system and

successor of the Automatic Voice Network

(AUTOVON)

EM Electronic Mail

EX Telephone Extension Use only ifPEROS is used citing either code AUor TE. FX Facsimile IT International Telephone

Include the country code. TE Telephone

Use to indicate the commercial telephone number of

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code. PER06 364 Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including country or area code when

applicable.

PER07 365 Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number.

Use to identify a third communications numberfor the party cited in PER02.

AU Defense Switched Network

Department of Defense telecommunications system and

successor of the Automatic Voice Network

(AUTOVON)

EM Electronic Mail

EX Telephone Extension

Use only ifPEROS is used citing either code AU or TE. FX Facsimile IT International Telephone

Include the country code. TE Telephone

Use to indicate the commercial telephone number of

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code. PER08 364 Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including coimtry or area code when

applicable.

PER09 443 Contact Inquiry Reference O AN 1/20

Additional reference number or description to clarify a contact number.

Use, ifnecessary, to provide the title ofthe party cited in PER02.

35FED860 196 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

SCH Line Item Schedule

405

Nl

Detail

Optional

200

To specify the data for scheduling a specific line item.

1. Use this segment to identify a partial delivery when it can be specified as an actual date and is applicable to a named entity.

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data fi-om, or changes

data contained in the award instnmient to which the modification applies.

1 If SCH03 is present, then SCH04 is required. 2 If SCH08 is present, then at least one of SCH09 or SCHIO is required.

3 If SCH09 is present, then SCH08 is required.

4 If SCHIO is present, then SCH08 is required.

1 SCH12 is the schedule identification. 1 SCH05 specifies the interpretation to be used for SCH06 and SCH07.

M

M

Ref. Pes. SCHOl

SCH02

Data

Element

380

355

X

M

SCH03

SCH04

SCH05

98

93

374

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Quantity M R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity.

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codes toASCXn codes. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Entity Identifier Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, or an individual

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Name X AN 1/35

Free-form name. Date/Time Qualifier M ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time. 002

017

037

063

064

065

Delivery Requested Use to indicate that delivery is being requested earlier than required by a basic award instrument.

Estimated Delivery

Ship Not Before

Do Not Deliver After Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made after a

specified date and/or time. Do Not Deliver Before

Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made before a

specified date and/or time.

1st Schedule Delivery

35FED860 197 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

066 1st Schedule Ship

077 Requested for Delivery (Week of) When this code is used, cite the beginning day ofthe week.

106 Required By

Use to indicate that deliveries are due exactly on the specified date. 174 Month Ending

When this code is used, cite the last date ofthe month.

358 Cycle Begin

Date on which the cycle begins

375 Delivery Start The date that deliveries will begin

996 Required Delivery

A date on which or before, ordered goods or services must be delivered

Use to indicate that delivery is due on or before the specified date. M SCH06 373 Date M DT 6/6

Date (YYMMDD).

SCH07 337 Time O TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59),

S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Ifapplicable, use to identify the time for a delivery. Specify the time only in the HHMMformat.

SCH08 374 Date/Time Qualifier X ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time. 002 Delivery Requested

Use to indicate that delivery is being requested earlier than required by a basic award instrument.

017 Estimated Delivery

037 Ship Not Before

063 Do Not Deliver After Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made after a

specified date and/or time. 064 Do Not Deliver Before

Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made before a

specified date and/or time. Oil Requested for Delivery (Week of) When this code is used, cite the beginning day ofthe week. 106 Required By

Use to indicate that deliveries are due exactly on the specified date. 174 Month Ending

When this code is used, cite the last date ofthe month.

359 Cycle End

Date on which the cycle ends

35FED860 198 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

376 Delivery End

The date that deliveries will end

996 Required Delivery

A date on which or before, ordered goods or services must be delivered Use to indicate that delivery is due on or before the specified date. SCH09 373 Date X DT 6/6 Date (YYMMDD).

SCHIO 337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59),

S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = himdredths (00-99)

Ifapplicable, use to identify the time for a delivery. Specify the time only in the HHMMformat.

SCHll 326 Request Reference Number O AN 1/45

Reference number or RFQ number to use to identify a particular transaction set and query (additional reference number or description which can be used with

contract number).

Use, as applicable, to cross-reference the cited line item to an RFQ or

requisition number.

SCH12 350 Assigned Identification O AN 1/11

Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set.

35FED860 199 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit Time)

Position: 420

Loop: Nl

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 12 Purpose: To specify the carrier, sequence of routing and to provide transit time information Notes: 1. Use this 2/TD5/420 segment when the transportation method is applicable to a named

entity for a specific line item.

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 At least one of TD502 TD504 TD505 TD506 or TD512 is required. 2 If TD502 is present, then TD503 is required.

3 If TD507 is present, then TD508 is required.

4 If TD5 10 is present, then TD5 11 is required.

1 When specifying a routing sequence to be used for the shipment movement in lieu of specifying each carrier within the movement: use TD502 to identify the party

responsible for defining the routing sequence; use TD503 to identify the actual routing sequence, specified by the party identified in TD502.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Pes. TD501

TD502

Data

Element

133

66

TD503

TD504

67

91

Name Attributes

Routing Sequence Code O ID 1/2

Code describing the relationship of a carrier to a specific shipment movement.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Identification Code Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code designaUng the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67). 10 Department of Defense Activity Address Code

(DODAAC)

When TD504 is code PL, use to indicate the DoDAAC

ofthe pipeline.

Identification Code X AN 2/20

Code identifying a party or otlier code. Transportation Method/Type Code X ID 1/2

Code specifying the method or type of transportation for the shipment.

J. Use any code.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codes to ASCX12 codes.

X TD505

TD506

387

368

D Parcel Post Use to indicate the U.S. Postal Service and not a private carrier. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary fot acceptable code values. Routing X AN 1/35

Free-form description of the routing or requested routing for shipment, or the

originating carrier's identity.

Shipment/Order Status Code X ID 2/2

35FED860 200 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Code indicating the status of an order or shipment or the disposition of any

difference between the quantity ordered and the quantity shipped for a line item

or transaction. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X TD507 309 Location Qualifier O ID 1/2

Code identifying type of location. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X TD508 310 Location Identifier X AN 1/30

Code which identifies a specific location. X TD509 731 Transit Direction Code O ID 2/2

The point of origin and point of direction. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X TD510 732 Transit Time Direction Qualifier O ID 2/2

Code specifying the value of time used to measiu-e the transit time. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X TD511 733 Transit Time X R 1/4

The numeric amount of transit time. TD512 284 Service Level Code X ID 2/2

Code defining service Use any code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED860 201 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling or Hazardous Materials or Both)

440

Nl

Detail

Optional

5To specify transportation special handling requirements or hazardous materials

information or both

1. Use this 2/TD4/440 segment when the special handling or hazardous material

information is applicable to a named entity for a specific line item.

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instnunent to which the modification applies. 1 At least one of TD40 1 TD402 or TD404 is required.

2 If TD402 is present, then TD403 is required.

Ref. Des. TD401Data

Element

152

TD402

TD403

TD404

Data Element Summary

Name

Special Handling Code

Code specifying special transportation handling instructions. Any code may be used but the listed codes are preferred.

Attributes

X H) 2/3

AMM A.M. Delivery Requirement

DA Dangerous

EP Expedite

EX Explosive Flammable Gas

FG Flammable Gas

FL Flammable

FP Flammable Poison Gas

HM Endorsed as Hazardous Material

LT Less Than Full Carload

LIT Less Than Truckload

NC Notify Consignee Before Delivery

PG Poisonous Gas PMM

PMM Delivery Requirement

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 208 Hazardous Material Code Qualifier X H) 1/1

Code which qualifies the Hazardous Material Class Code (209).

Use any code. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. 209 Hazardous Material Class Code X AN 2/4

Code specifying the kind of hazard for a material. 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content. Use offree form text is discouraged ifthe information can be provided by some

other means within the transaction set.

35FED860 202 April 24. 1995
Federal S60 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

PKG

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

Marking, Packaging, Loading

450

Nl

Detail

Optional

200

To describe marking, packaging, loading and unloading requirements.

1. Use this 2/PKG/450 segment to identify packaging requirements applicable to a named entity for a specific line item.

2. Packaging information such as the number of items in a unit container, the nmnber of

unit containers in an intermediate container, a requirement for palletized loads or shrink wrap, or the gross weight, cube and dimensions of a unit or an intermediate container is carried in the 2/PO4/090 segment.

3. When different physical detail information is required for the same line item going to various ship to addressees, SUBCLINS must be used.

4. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 At least one of PKG04 PKG05 or PKG06 is required. 2 If PKG04 is present, then PKG03 is required.

3 If PKG05 is present, then PKGO 1 is required.

1 PKG04 should be used for industry-specific packaging description codes.

1 Use MEA (Measurements) segment to define dimensions, tolerances weights,

counts, physical restrictions, etc. 2 If PKGO 1 = ' F", thenPKG05 is used. If PKGO 1 = '"S", thenPKG04 is used. If PKGOl = --X", then both PKG04 and PKG05 are used. 3 Use PKG03 to indicate the organizaUon that publishes the code list being referred

to. 4 Special marking or tagging data can be given in PKG05 (Description).

Ref. Des. PKGOl

Data

Element

349

PKG02 753

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Item Description Type ID 1/1

Code indicating the format of a description.

F Free-form

S Structured (From Industry Code List)

X Semi-structured (Code and Text)

Packaging Characteristic Code O ID 1/5

Code specifying the marking, packaging, loading and related characteristics being described. Use the listed codes to identify applicable packaging requirements.

CD Cleaning or Drying Procedure

CT Cushioning Thickness

CUD Cushioning and Dunnage

HM Hazardous Material

IC Intermediate Container

LP Level Of Preservation

35FED860 203 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

OPI Optional Procedure Indicator

PK Packing

When the packing code associated with Packaging

Characteristic Code PK is a three position code; the

first position signifies Level A packingfor Overseas

shipments via surface; the second position signifies

Level B packingfor Overseas shipments via freight

forwarder, APO/FPO, or air; the third position

signifies Level Cpackingfor domestic shipments. When

standard commercial packaging per ASTMD 3951 is acceptable, cite MILSTD 2073-2C code Xin PKG04.

PM Preservation Method

When the packing code associated with Packaging

Characteristic Code PK is a three position code; the

first position signifies Level A packingfor Overseas

shipments via surface; the second position signifies

Level B packingfor Overseas shipments via freight

forwarder, APO/FPO, or air; the third position

signifies Level C packingfor domestic shipments. When

standard commercial packaging per ASTMD 3951 is acceptable, cite MILSTD 2073-2C code Xin PKG04.

PML Preservation Material

SMK Special Marking

UC Unit Container

UCL Unit Container Level

WM Wrapping Material

PKG03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values. DF Department of Defense (DoD)

GS General Services Administration (GSA)

Responsible for Federal Specification

ZZ Mutually Defined Use to indicate a federal activity other than DoD or GSA. Data maintenance has been submitted toASC

XI2. Ifapproved, a code for Federal Government will be available in theASCX12 Version/Release 3060.

PKG04 754 Packaging Description Code X AN 1/7

A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about the marking, packaging or loading and unloading of a product.

1. The actual codes associated with the packaging characteristic codes cited in PKG02 can be found in Code Source List 197 (M1L-STD-2073-2C).

2. When the contractor is to select the appropriate requirement or method

associated with a packaging characteristic code, insert "Y", or "IT" (dependent on the number ofpositions in the code).

3. Insert "Z" or "ZZ" (dependent on the number ofpositions in the code) to indicate that supplementary or special requirements apply to a packaging

characteristic which are not represented by a code listed in MIL-STD- 2073-

2C. Use PKG05 to provide supplementary or special requirements.

4. When the requirement associated with a packaging characteristic code is

35FED860 204 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

included as part ofthe requirements definedfi)r the preservation method code,

insert either "X" or "XX" (dependent on the number ofpositions in the code).

5. Whenever a code used in PKG04 requires an explanation or additional

information, provide it in PKG05.

PKG05 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content.

1. Use to provide Supplemental Instructions or Special Packaging Instructions. Ifthe information to be provided exceeds the maximum length ofthis data

element, provide the information in the N9 loop, using code KD in N901.

2. Use offree form text is discouraged ifthe information can be provided by some other means within the transaction set. X PKG06 400 Unit Load Option Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying loading or unloading a shipment

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED860 205 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Segment: LDT Lead Time

Position: 451

Loop: LDT

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify lead time for availability of products and services. Notes: 1. Use this 2/LDT/45 1 loop if the delivery schedule is expressed as a set time period

after the occurrence of some event and the ship-to-address differs by line item. If the

delivery schedule is the same for all the ship-to addressees for the line item, use the

2/LDT/332 loop.

2. The following are examples of how the LDT loop can be used to specify a delivery schedule:

Example 1: Deliver 50 each 180 days after date of order.

LDT*AY*180*DAn/l

QTY*lJ*50*EAn/l

Example 2: Deliver the total quantity of 500 each as follows: 50 per month commencing

180 days after date of order.

LDT*AY*180*DAn/l

QTY*lJ*50*MOn/l

Example 3: Deliver the total quantity of 20,500 each as follows: 2500 each per quarter

commencing 90 days after date of order until half the order is completed, then 1000 per month until the total order is complete.

LDT*AY*90*DA n/1 QTY*1J*2500*Q1 n/1 QTY*1K*4*Q1 n/1 LDT*AM*l*MOn/l

QTY*lJ*1000*MOn/l

QTY*lK*10*MOn/l

LDT*AK*l*MOn/l

QTY*lJ*500*EAn/l

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

3. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 LDT04 is the effective date of lead time information.

1 LDT02 is the quantity of Unit of Time Periods.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Pes. Element Name Attributes

M LDTOl 345 Lead Time Code M ID 2/2

Code indicating the time range. AA From date ofPO receipt to sample ready.

AD From date of sample approval to first product shipment.

35FED860 206 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

AE From date of PO receipt to shipment.

AF From date ofPO receipt to delivery.

AH From Date of Receipt of First Article to First Article Approval

AI From Date of a Specified Event to Delivery

When this code is used, identify the specified event in the following MSG segment. Ifthe specified event is the scheduling ofa shipment or the requesting ofshipping

instructions, cite the contact communications number

in the 2/PER/l 10 segment.

AJ From Date of First Delivery to Date of Subsequent

Delivery(ies)

AK From Date Of Latest Delivery To Final Delivery

AM From Date Of Previous Delivery To Date Of

Subsequent Delivery

AV From Date of Award to Date of Latest Delivery

AW From Date of Award to Date of Earliest Deliveiy

AX From Date of Award to Date of Completion

AY From Date of Award to Date of Delivery

AZ From Date of Receipt of Item to Date of Approval of Item M LDT02 380 Quantity M R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity.

M LDT03 344 Unit of Time Period or Interval M ID 2/2

Code indicating the time period or interval CY Calendar Year

DA Calendar Days

KK Maximum Calendar Days

Use to indicate aflexible time period, e.g., Xnumber

ofdays or less. MO Month

QY Quarter of a Year

SA Semiaimual

WK Weeks

LDT04 373 Date O DT 6/6

Date (YYMMDD).

Use to cite a date relevant to the lead time. For example, the start date ofthe cited activity.

35FED860 207 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

MAN Marks and Numbers

Comments:

452

LDT

Detail

Optional

10

To indicate identilying marks and numbers for shipping containers

1. Use this segment to specify marks and numbers associated with a ship-to addressee.

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 If either MAN04 or MAN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If MAN06 is present, then MAN05 is required.

1 MAN01/MA1'TO2 and MAN04/MAN05 may be used to identify two different marks

and numbers assigned to the same physical container. 2 When both MAN02 and MAN03 are used, MAN02 is the starting number of a

sequential range and MAN03 is the ending number of that range. 3 When both MAN05 and MAN06 are used, MAN05 is the starting number of a

sequential range, and MAN06 is the ending niunber of that range.

1 When MANOl contains code UC (U.P.C. Shipping Container Code) and

MAN05/MAN06 contain a range of ID numbers, MAN03 is not used. The reason

for this is that the U.P.C. Shipping Container code is the same on every carton that

is represented in the range in MAN05/MAN06.

2 MAN03 and/or MAN06 are only used when sending a range(s) of ID numbers.

When both MAN02/MAN03 and MAN05/MAN06 are used to send ranges of ID

numbers, the integrity of the two ID numbers must be maintained.

Data Element Summary

M

M

Ref.

Pes. MANOl

MAN02

MAN03

MAN04

MAN05

MAN06

Data

Element

88

87

Name Attributes

M ID 1/2

87

88

87

87

Marks and Numbers Qualifier

Code specifying the application or source of Marks and Numbers (87). L Line Item Only

Marks and Numbers M AN 1/45

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment.

Marks and Numbers O AN 1/45

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment.

Marks and Numbers Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code specifying the application or source of Marks and Numbers (87). L Line Item Only

Marks and Numbers X AN 1/45

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment.

Marks and Numbers O AN 1/45

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment.

35FED860 208 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE • FEDl

Segment: QTY Quantity

Position: 453

Loop: LDT

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 5 Purpose: To specify quartity information. Notes: 1. Use this segment to specify the quantity of an item that is to be delivered in accordance with a delivery schedule. The deliverable quantity can be expressed as a

discrete quantity or a quantity per time period, e.g., 1000 per month. To indicate a

delivery rate per time period, cite in QTY02 the quantity to be delivered and cite in QTY03 the time period, e.g., days, weeks, months, quarters, or years.

2. Use also, to indicate the length of the delivery period, e.g., 4 quarters or the number

of shipments.

3. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Pes. Element Name Attributes

M QTYOl 673 Quantity Qualifier M ID 2/2

Code specifying the type of quantity.

IJ Due

The amount due to the customer Use to indicate the quantity to be delivered. IK Time Units

The number of time units such as 8 (hours) Use to indicate the length ofthe delivery period.

52 Number of Originals Use to indicate the number ofregular copies ofa data

item on a Contract Data Requirements List that are to be delivered. K6 Drafts Use to indicate the number ofdraft copies ofa data

item on a Contract Data Requirements List that are to be delivered. KF Duplicates Use to indicate the number ofreproducible copies ofa

data item on a Contract Data Requirements list that are to be delivered to all addressees on an exhibit

distribution list. SA Shipments

Use to indicate the number ofshipments expected to complete the deliverable quantity.

M QTY02 380 Quantity M R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity.

35FED860 209 AprU24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

1. When QTYOl is code IJ, cite the quantity to be delivered.

2. When QTYOl is code IK, cite the length ofthe delivery period in this data

element, e.g., 4, and in QTY03 identify the time measurement ofthe delivery

period, e.g., months.

QTY03 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert agency

codes to ASCX12 codes.

DA Days

When QTYOl is code IJ, use to indicate frequency ofdelivery. When QTYOl is code IK, use to indicate the length ofthe delivery period.

MO Months

When QTYOl is code IJ, use to indicate frequency ofdelivery. When QTYOl is code IK, use to indicate the length ofthe delivery period.

Ql Quarter (Time)

When QTYOl is code IJ, use to indicate frequency ofdelivery. When QTYOl is code IK, use to indicate the length ofthe delivery period.

WK Week

When QTYOl is code IJ, use to indicate frequency ofdelivery. When QTYOl is code IK, use to indicate the length ofthe delivery period.

YR Years

When QTYOl is code IJ, use to indicate frequency ofdelivery. When QTYOl is code IK, use to indicate the length ofthe delivery period.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED860 210 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

MSG Message Text

454

LDT

Detail

Optional

1To provide a free form format that would allow the transmission of text information.

1. When LDTOl is code AI, use to identify the specified event.

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 MSG02 is not related to the specific characteristics of a printer, but identifies top of

page, advance a line, etc.

M

X

Ref. Pes. MSGOl

MSG02

Data

Element

933

934

Data Element Summary

Name

Free-Form Message Text

Free-form message text. Printer Carriage Control Code O D)

A field to be used for the control of the line feed of the receiving printer,

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Attributes

M AN 1/264

2/2

35FED860 211 AprU24,199S
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment

Position

Loop

Level

Usage

Max Use

Purpose

Notes

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

REF Reference Numbers

455

LDT

Detail

Optional

3To specify identifying numbers.

1. Use this segment to specify reference numbers associated with a delivery schedule.

2. Use this segment oiUy if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.

M

Ref. Pes. REFOlData

Element

128

REF02

REF03

127

352

Data Element Summary

Name

Reference Number Qualifier

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

Attributes

M ID 2/2

10

IZ

AT

AX

BL

FU

IL

Account Managers Code

Identifies the telecommunications manager assigned to

this account Use to indicate an accounting code. Financial Detail Code

Appropriation Number

When used, cite the number in REF03.

Government Accounting Class Reference Number

(ACRN)

Govermnent Bill of Lading

Fund Code

Defense Fuel Supply Center to bill back fuel purchases

to the appropriate service or agency account fund

Internal Order Number

Use to indicate the requisition (MILSTRIP/FEDSTRIP

document) number.

Project Code

Transportation Control Number (TCN)

Transportation Account Code (TAC)

X AN 1/30

P4

TG

TH

Reference Number

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content. When REFOl is code A T, use to identify the appropriation number.

35FED860 212 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE • FEDl

Segment: AMT Monetary Amount

Position: 590

Loop: AMT

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the total monetary amount.

Notes: 1. Use this segment to specify amounts associated with the ACRN (REFOl is code AX),

to specify the total funds obligated against the line item cited in POCOl (the total of all amounts associated with an ACRN), to specify amoimts associated with an award fee, incentive, fixed-fee, or cost sharing line item, to indicate the increase or decrease in the

line item imit price, and to specify the old or new line item total price.

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

Data Element Summary

M

Ref. Pes. AMTOl

Data

Element

522

Name

Amount Qualifier Code

Code to qualify amount

For the correct use ofthe following codes in variousfee andprofit

arrangements by type ofcontract, see Appendix B.

Attributes

M ID 1/2

129

30

32

33

35

70

AX

BM

E9

Line Item Total Estimated Price

The latest revised estimate of the total cost at complete

for a contract Contract Ceiling

The ceiling price applicable to defined effort Target Fee or Profit Amount

The fee (can also be percent) of profit that will apply to defined contract effort Original Contract Target Cost Value of the original negotiated contract Current Target Cost Sum of Original Contract Target Cost and Negotiated

Contract Changes

Open Commitments

Value of supplies or other items committed to for payment (such as on delivery of products)

Previous Price Use to indicate the total price ofthe line item being

"changedfrom " as a result ofthe modification.

Adjustments Use to indicate a defmitized line item amount.

Initial Fee

Beginning charge before any reductions

35FED860 213 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modificaticms to Award Instrument RELEASE • FEDl

FE Fee

K4 Initial Target Fee

KS Minimiun Fee

K6 Maximum Fee

K9 New Price

Use to indicate the total price ofthe line item has been

"changed to" as a result ofthe modification.

KC Obligated

An amount a party has an obligation to pay upon a

successful performance by another party, (e.g. .funds

obligated on a contract)

When REFOl is code AXor 2V, use to indicate the funds associated with anACRN or Special ACRN that are obligated against a line item. KD Undefinitized

An indicator that the amount has not yet been

established but will be established at a future date Use to indicate an undefinitized amount. KO Committed Amount

KY Not-To-Exceed Price

ZQ Initial Target Cost

ZR Increase Use to indicate the increase in the total price ofthe

line item or in the amount ofthe ACRN as a result of

the modification.

ZS Decrease Use to indicate the decrease in the total price ofthe

line item or in the amount ofthe ACRN as a result of

the modification.

M AMT02 782 Monetary Amount M R 1/15

Monetary amount. X AMT03 478 Credit/Debit Flag Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating whether amoimt is a credit or debit Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED860 214 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

REF Reference Numbers

600

AMT

Detail

Optional

1To specify identifying numbers.

1. Use this segment to identify reference niunbers applicable to an amoimt cited in AMT02, e.g., an ACRN, fund code, accounting code, appropriation number, etc.

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.

M

Ref. Pes. REFOl

Data

Element

128

REFOl

REF03

127

352

Data Element Summary

Name

Reference Number Qualifier

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

Attributes

M ID 2/2

10 Account Managers Code

Identifies the telecommunications manager assigned to

this account Use to indicate an accounting code. Financial Detail Code

Special Government Accounting Classification Reference Number (ACRN)

Appropriation Number

IVhen used, cite the number in REF03.

Government Accounting Class Reference Number

(ACRN)

Project Code

Transportation Account Code (TAC)

X AN 1/30

IZ

2V

AT

AX

P4

TH

Reference Number

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content. When REFOl is code AT, use to identify the appropriation number.

35FED860 215 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes:

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

LM Code Source Information

610

LM

Detail

Optional

1To transmit standard code list identification information

Use this 2/LM/610 loop to provide Data to Contract Administration Offices that cannot be provided by other means within this transaction set.

LM02 identifies the applicable industiy code list source information.

Ref. Pes. M LMOl

LM02

Data

Element

559

822

Data Element Summary

Name

Agency Qualifier Code

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values. DF Department of Defense (DoD)

Source Subqualifier

Attributes

M ID 2/2

O AN 1/15

A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Soiuce Qualifier.

35FED860 216 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

Segment: Industry Code

Position: 620

Loop: LM

Level: Detail

Usage: Mandatory

Mai Use: >1

Purpose: Code to transmit standard industry codes

Notes: Syntax Notes: 1 If LQOl is present, then LQ02 is required.

Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary

Ref. Pes. LQOl

Data

Element

1270

Name Attributes

Code List Qualifier Code O ID 1/3

Code identifying a specific industry code list 6 Special Contract Provision Code

Certain contract clauses and provisions that require

special attention Use to indicate special clauses/provisions.

A9 Supplementary Address

Identifies the originating organization's unique logistics

information

LQ02 1271 Industry Code X AN 1/20

Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list

35FED860 217 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes: Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes: Comments:

CTT Transaction Totals

010

Summary

Mandatory

1To transmit a hash total for a specific element in the transaction set

1 If either CTT03 or CTT04 is present, then the other is required.

2 If either CTT05 or CTT06 is present, then the other is required.

1 This segment is intended to provide hash totals to validate transaction completeness

and correctness.

Data Element Summary

M

X

X

X

X

Ref. Pes. CTTOl

CTT02

Data

Element

354

347

CTT03

CTT04

CTT05

CTT06

CTT07

81

355

183

355

352

Name Attributes

Number of Line Items M NO 1/6

Total number of line items in the transaction set. Use to identify the total number ofPOC segments contained in this transaction

set. Hash Total O R 1/10

Sum of values of the specified data element. All values in the data element will be summed without regard to decimal points (explicit or implicit) or signs.

Truncation will occur on the left most digits if the sum is greater than the maximum size of the hash total of the data element. Example: -.0018 First occurrence of value being hashed. .18 Second occurrence of value being hashed.

1.8 Third occurrence of value being hashed. 18.01 Fourth occurrence of value

being hashed. 1855 Hash total prior to truncation. 855 Hash total after truncation to three-digit field. CTT02 is the sum ofthe quantities (POC03)for all POC segments.

Weight X R 1/10

Numeric value of weight.

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Volume X R 1/8

Value of volumetric measure. Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

35FED860 218 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Segment: AMI Monetary Amount

Position: 020

Loop:

Level: Summary

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 5 Purpose: To indicate the total monetary amount.

Notes: 1. Use this segment to specify the increase or decrease in the award instniment price as a

result of this modification, and to specify the old and new total award instrument price.

2. Use this segment only if the modification adds data to, deletes data from, or changes

data contained in the award instrument to which the modification applies.

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Des. Element Name Attributes

M AMTOl 522 Amount Qualifier Code M ID 1/2

Code to qualify amount

29 Estimated Price

The latest revised estimate of the total cost at complete

for a contract Use to indicate the total award instniment price is an

estimate. 30 Contract Ceiling

The ceiling price applicable to defined effort Use to indicate the contract ceiling price forfixedprice contracts with retroactive price redetermination.

AD Adjusted Total Use to indicate a definitized award instrument amount. AX Previous Price Use to indicate the price ofthe award instrument being

"changedfrom" as a result ofthe modification.

K9 New Price Use to indicate the total price ofthe award instrument

price being "changed to " as a result ofthe modification.

KD Undefinitized

An indicator that the amount has not yet been

established but will be established at a future date Use to indicate an undefinitized amount. TT Total Transaction Amount

Use to indicate the total value ofthe award instrument

when it is not an estimate. TY Total at Complete

Use to indicate the total value ofthe award instrument

when it is incrementallyfunded. For Grants, include

the total amount committedfor the entire project

period.

35FED860 219 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

ZR Increase Use to indicate the net increase in the procurement

instrument price as a result ofthe modification.

ZS Decrease Use to indicate the net decrease in the procurement

instrument price as a result ofthe modification.

M AMT02 782 Monetary Amount M R 1/15

Monetary amount. X AMT03 478 Credit/Debit Flag Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating whether amount is a credit or debit Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

35FED860 220 April 24, 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE -FEDl

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use: Purpose:

Notes: Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

SE Transaction Set Trailer

030

Summary

Mandatory

1To indicate the end of the transaction set and provide the coimt of the transmitted

segments (including the beginning (ST) and ending (SE) segments).

1 SE is the last segment of each transaction set.

Ref. Pes. M SEOl

M SE02

Data

Element

96

329

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Number of Included Segments M NO 1/10

Total number of segments included in a transaction set including ST and SE

segments.

Transaction Set Control Number M AN 4/9

Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set Enter the same number as the one carried in ST02.

35FED860 221 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

APPENDIX A

COST, FEE, AND PRICE EXPRESSION TABLE

BCH12 Code AMTOl Code AMTOl Code Use

CA/CB 33 Target Cost CA/CB 32 Target Fee CA/CB K5 Minimum Fee CA/CB K6 Maximum Fee CH KG Contractor Firm Share

CH 70 Estimated Government Share

CS NA Use the 3/AMT/020 segment, code TT

CW 33 Cost CW FE Base Fee CW E9 Fixed Fee

r ID/ ry^

FB/FC 32 Target Profit FB/FC 30 Price Ceiling

FD NA For fixed-price contracts with prospective price redetermination, use the 3/AMT/020 segment, code 29 for contract total amount; and use the

z//vivii/ouu segineni coQc i wnen\^rsiui is couc riv lor rimi rixcu rixoG

without VV 1 11 k\J Ul aU ceilinp wWllil 'P^ nrice or code 30 for re determinable items with a ceilin? r VW \Ji WV/VdW -J \f XV/ A Aw ^AWl.WA UA tUI^A w A t-WAAAiJ VT 1 VAA CA w^AAAAA^k price.

ZZ NA For fixed-price contracts with retroactive price redeteiinination, use the 3/AMT/020 segment, code 30 for contract ceiling price; and use the 2/AMT/600 segment code 30 when CNlOl is code ZZ for fixed ceiling

price if items subject to differing contract type are present in the same

contract. FF/FG ZQ Initial Target Cost FF/FG K4 Initial Target Profit FF/FG K6 Target Profit Ceiling

FF/FG K5 Target Profit Floor

FF/FG 30 Ceiling Price

FF/FG 35 Firm Target Cost FF/FG 32 Firm Target Profit FH 33 Fixed Price

FH FE Base Fee FH E9 Fixed Fee FJ//FX/LH/TM NA Use the 2/AMT/600 segment, code 1 for fixed price line items; and the 3/AMT/020 segment, code TT for contract total amount

FK NA No cost or price information required

35FED860 222 April 24. 1995
Federal 860 - Modifications to Award Instrument RELEASE - FEDl

APPENDIX B

COST. FEE. AND PRICE EXPRESSION TABLE

CNlOl Code AMTOl Code AMTOl Code Use

CA/CB 33 Target Cost CA/CB 32 Target Fee CA/CB K5 Mimmiun Fee CA/CB K6 Maximum Fee CH KO Contractor Firm Share

CH 70 Estimated Govermnent Share cs NA Use the 3/AMT/020 segment, code TT

cw 33 Cost cw FE Base Fee cw E9 Fixed Fee FB/FC 33 Target Cost FB/FC 32 Target Profit FB/FC 30 Price Ceiling

FD NA For fixed-price contracts with prospective price redetermination, use the 3/AMT/020 segment, code 29 for contract total amount; and use the 2/AMT/600 segment code 1 when CNlOl is code FR for Firm Fixed Price

Items, and code 29 when CNlOl is code FD for re determinable items

without a ceiling price or code 30 for re determinable items with a ceiling

price. zz NA For fixed-price contracts with retroactive price redetermination, use the 3/AMT/020 segment, code 30 for contract ceiling price; and use the 2/AMT/600 segment code 30 when CNlOl is code ZZ for fixed ceiling

price if items subject to differing contract type are present in the same

contract. rr/rLi iniuai 1 argei uosi

rr/r wi imildi 1 digcl riOlll rr/rLi 1 argei rroiu i^euing

FF/FG K5 Target Profit Floor

FF/FG 30 Ceiling Pnce

rr/rU jj Firm Target Cost FF/FG 32 Firm Target Profit FH 33 Fixed Price

FH FE Base Fee FH E9 Fixed Fee FIZ/FX/LHAM NA Use the 2/AMT/600 segment, code 1 for fixed price line items; and the 3/AMT/020 segment, code TT for contract total amount

FK NA No cost or price information required

35FED860 223

• U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1 9 9 5-5*6-627/47909

April 24, 1995



Technical Publications

Periodical

Journal of Research of the National Institute of Standards and Technology—Reports NIST research and development in those disciplines of the physical and engineering sciences in which the Institute is active. These include physics, chemistry, engineering, mathematics, and computer sciences. Papers cover a broad range of subjects, with major emphasis on measurement methodology and the basic technology

underlying standardization. Also included from time to time are survey articles on topics closely related to the Institute's technical and scientific programs. Issued six times a year.

Nonperiodicals

Monographs—Major contributions to the technical literature on various subjects related to the

Institute's scientific and technical activities. Handbooks—Recommended codes of engineering and industrial practice (including safety codes) devel- oped in cooperation with interested industries, professional organizations, and regulatory bodies. Special Publications—Include proceedings of conferences sponsored by NIST, NIST annual reports, and

other special publications appropriate to this grouping such as wall charts, pocket cards, and bibliographies.

National Standard Reference Data Series—Provides quantitative data on the physical and chemical

properties of materials, compiled from the world's literature and critically evaluated. Developed under a worldwide program coordinated by NIST under the authority of the National Standard Data Act (Public

Law 90-396). NOTE: The Journal of Physical and Chemical Reference Data (JPCRD) is published

bimonthly for NIST by the American Chemical Society (ACS) and the American Institute of Physics (AIP).

Subscriptions, reprints, and supplements are available from ACS, 1155 Sixteenth St., NW, Washington, DC

20056.

Building Science Series—Disseminates technical information developed at the Institute on building

materials, components, systems, and whole structures. The series presents research results, test methods, and

performance criteria related to the structural and environmental functions and the durability and safety

characteristics of building elements and systems.

Technical Notes—Studies or reports which are complete in themselves but restrictive in their treatment of

a subject. Analogous to monographs but not so comprehensive in scope or definitive in treatment of the subject area. Often serve as a vehicle for final reports of work performed at NIST under the sponsorship of

other government agencies.

Voluntary Product Standards—Developed under procedures published by the Department of Commerce

in Part 10, Title 15, of the Code of Federal Regulations. The standards establish nationally recognized

requirements for products, and provide all concerned interests with a basis for common understanding of

the characteristics of the products. NIST administers this program in support of the efforts of private-sector

standardizing organizations.

Order the following NIST publications—FIPS and NISTIRs—from the National Technical Information

Service, Springfield, VA 22161

Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUB)—Publications in this series

collectively constitute the Federal Information Processing Standards Register. The Register serves as the

official source of information in the Federal Government regarding standards issued by NIST pursuant to the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 as amended. Public Law 89-306 (79 Stat.

1 127), and as implemented by Executive Order 1 1717 (38 FR 12315, dated May 11, 1973) and Part 6 of

Title 15 CFR (Code of Federal Regulations).

NIST Interagency Reports (NISTIR)—A special series of interim or final reports on work performed by

NIST for outside sponsors (both government and nongovernment). In general, initial distribution is handled

by the sponsor; public distribution is by the National Technical Information Service, Springfield, VA 22161,

in paper copy or microfiche form.
g2o

"oc

JSu

uH

•a v c

e 1

® •= OS U So^

on 00 «2 o

"o

Q. X) c u

. o jq

M 1) CO «

^ Qu

.2 3 Z O O